Commit Graph

2522 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Andres Freund
c2fe139c20 tableam: Add and use scan APIs.
Too allow table accesses to be not directly dependent on heap, several
new abstractions are needed. Specifically:

1) Heap scans need to be generalized into table scans. Do this by
   introducing TableScanDesc, which will be the "base class" for
   individual AMs. This contains the AM independent fields from
   HeapScanDesc.

   The previous heap_{beginscan,rescan,endscan} et al. have been
   replaced with a table_ version.

   There's no direct replacement for heap_getnext(), as that returned
   a HeapTuple, which is undesirable for a other AMs. Instead there's
   table_scan_getnextslot().  But note that heap_getnext() lives on,
   it's still used widely to access catalog tables.

   This is achieved by new scan_begin, scan_end, scan_rescan,
   scan_getnextslot callbacks.

2) The portion of parallel scans that's shared between backends need
   to be able to do so without the user doing per-AM work. To achieve
   that new parallelscan_{estimate, initialize, reinitialize}
   callbacks are introduced, which operate on a new
   ParallelTableScanDesc, which again can be subclassed by AMs.

   As it is likely that several AMs are going to be block oriented,
   block oriented callbacks that can be shared between such AMs are
   provided and used by heap. table_block_parallelscan_{estimate,
   intiialize, reinitialize} as callbacks, and
   table_block_parallelscan_{nextpage, init} for use in AMs. These
   operate on a ParallelBlockTableScanDesc.

3) Index scans need to be able to access tables to return a tuple, and
   there needs to be state across individual accesses to the heap to
   store state like buffers. That's now handled by introducing a
   sort-of-scan IndexFetchTable, which again is intended to be
   subclassed by individual AMs (for heap IndexFetchHeap).

   The relevant callbacks for an AM are index_fetch_{end, begin,
   reset} to create the necessary state, and index_fetch_tuple to
   retrieve an indexed tuple.  Note that index_fetch_tuple
   implementations need to be smarter than just blindly fetching the
   tuples for AMs that have optimizations similar to heap's HOT - the
   currently alive tuple in the update chain needs to be fetched if
   appropriate.

   Similar to table_scan_getnextslot(), it's undesirable to continue
   to return HeapTuples. Thus index_fetch_heap (might want to rename
   that later) now accepts a slot as an argument. Core code doesn't
   have a lot of call sites performing index scans without going
   through the systable_* API (in contrast to loads of heap_getnext
   calls and working directly with HeapTuples).

   Index scans now store the result of a search in
   IndexScanDesc->xs_heaptid, rather than xs_ctup->t_self. As the
   target is not generally a HeapTuple anymore that seems cleaner.

To be able to sensible adapt code to use the above, two further
callbacks have been introduced:

a) slot_callbacks returns a TupleTableSlotOps* suitable for creating
   slots capable of holding a tuple of the AMs
   type. table_slot_callbacks() and table_slot_create() are based
   upon that, but have additional logic to deal with views, foreign
   tables, etc.

   While this change could have been done separately, nearly all the
   call sites that needed to be adapted for the rest of this commit
   also would have been needed to be adapted for
   table_slot_callbacks(), making separation not worthwhile.

b) tuple_satisfies_snapshot checks whether the tuple in a slot is
   currently visible according to a snapshot. That's required as a few
   places now don't have a buffer + HeapTuple around, but a
   slot (which in heap's case internally has that information).

Additionally a few infrastructure changes were needed:

I) SysScanDesc, as used by systable_{beginscan, getnext} et al. now
   internally uses a slot to keep track of tuples. While
   systable_getnext() still returns HeapTuples, and will so for the
   foreseeable future, the index API (see 1) above) now only deals with
   slots.

The remainder, and largest part, of this commit is then adjusting all
scans in postgres to use the new APIs.

Author: Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-11 12:46:41 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera
af38498d4c Move hash_any prototype from access/hash.h to utils/hashutils.h
... as well as its implementation from backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c to
backend/utils/hash/hashfn.c.

access/hash is the place for the hash index AM, not really appropriate
for generic facilities, which is what hash_any is; having things the old
way meant that anything using hash_any had to include the AM's include
file, pointlessly polluting its namespace with unrelated, unnecessary
cruft.

Also move the HTEqual strategy number to access/stratnum.h from
access/hash.h.

To avoid breaking third-party extension code, add an #include
"utils/hashutils.h" to access/hash.h.  (An easily removed line by
committers who enjoy their asbestos suits to protect them from angry
extension authors.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/201901251935.ser5e4h6djt2@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-11 13:17:50 -03:00
Magnus Hagander
6b9e875f72 Track block level checksum failures in pg_stat_database
This adds a column that counts how many checksum failures have occurred
on files belonging to a specific database. Both checksum failures
during normal backend processing and those created when a base backup
detects a checksum failure are counted.

Author: Magnus Hagander
Reviewed by: Julien Rouhaud
2019-03-09 10:47:30 -08:00
Alvaro Herrera
eaaa5986ad Fix the BY {REF,VALUE} clause of XMLEXISTS/XMLTABLE
This clause is used to indicate the passing mode of a XML document, but
we were doing it wrong: we accepted BY REF and ignored it, and rejected
BY VALUE as a syntax error.  The reality, however, is that documents are
always passed BY VALUE, so rejecting that clause was silly.  Change
things so that we accept BY VALUE.

BY REF continues to be accepted, and continues to be ignored.

Author: Chapman Flack
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5C297BB7.9070509@anastigmatix.net
2019-03-07 11:20:35 -03:00
Andres Freund
8586bf7ed8 tableam: introduce table AM infrastructure.
This introduces the concept of table access methods, i.e. CREATE
  ACCESS METHOD ... TYPE TABLE and
  CREATE TABLE ... USING (storage-engine).
No table access functionality is delegated to table AMs as of this
commit, that'll be done in following commits.

Subsequent commits will incrementally abstract table access
functionality to be routed through table access methods. That change
is too large to be reviewed & committed at once, so it'll be done
incrementally.

Docs will be updated at the end, as adding them incrementally would
likely make them less coherent, and definitely is a lot more work,
without a lot of benefit.

Table access methods are specified similar to index access methods,
i.e. pg_am.amhandler returns, as INTERNAL, a pointer to a struct with
callbacks. In contrast to index AMs that struct needs to live as long
as a backend, typically that's achieved by just returning a pointer to
a constant struct.

Psql's \d+ now displays a table's access method. That can be disabled
with HIDE_TABLEAM=true, which is mainly useful so regression tests can
be run against different AMs.  It's quite possible that this behaviour
still needs to be fine tuned.

For now it's not allowed to set a table AM for a partitioned table, as
we've not resolved how partitions would inherit that. Disallowing
allows us to introduce, if we decide that's the way forward, such a
behaviour without a compatibility break.

Catversion bumped, to add the heap table AM and references to it.

Author: Haribabu Kommi, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Dimitri Golgov and others
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
    https://postgr.es/m/20190107235616.6lur25ph22u5u5av@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20190304234700.w5tmhducs5wxgzls@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-06 09:54:38 -08:00
Robert Haas
1bb5e78218 Move code for managing PartitionDescs into a new file, partdesc.c
This is similar in spirit to the existing partbounds.c file in the
same directory, except that there's a lot less code in the new file
created by this commit.  Pending work in this area proposes to add a
bunch more code related to PartitionDescs, though, and this will give
us a good place to put it.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZUwPf_uanjF==gTGBMJrn8uCq52XYvAEorNkLrUdoawg@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-21 11:45:02 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
5721b9b3ce Make object address handling more robust
pg_identify_object_as_address crashes when passed certain tuples from
inconsistent system catalogs.  Make it more defensive.

Author: Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190218202743.GA12392@alvherre.pgsql
2019-02-20 11:26:08 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
cf40dc65b6 Remove useless casts
Some of these were uselessly casting away "const", some were just
nearby, but they where all unnecessary anyway.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/53a28052-f9f3-1808-fed9-460fd43035ab%402ndquadrant.com
2019-02-13 11:50:09 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera
fe33a196de Use Getopt::Long for catalog scripts
Replace hand-rolled option parsing with the Getopt module. This is
shorter and easier to read. In passing, make some cosmetic adjustments
for consistency.

Author: John Naylor
Reviewed-by: David Fetter
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCvRjepXh5b2N50njN+rO_2Nzcf=jhMkKX7=79XWUKJyKA@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-12 12:22:08 -03:00
Tom Lane
1d92a0c9f7 Redesign the partition dependency mechanism.
The original setup for dependencies of partitioned objects had
serious problems:

1. It did not verify that a drop cascading to a partition-child object
also cascaded to at least one of the object's partition parents.  Now,
normally a child object would share all its dependencies with one or
another parent (e.g. a child index's opclass dependencies would be shared
with the parent index), so that this oversight is usually harmless.
But if some dependency failed to fit this pattern, the child could be
dropped while all its parents remain, creating a logically broken
situation.  (It's easy to construct artificial cases that break it,
such as attaching an unrelated extension dependency to the child object
and then dropping the extension.  I'm not sure if any less-artificial
cases exist.)

2. Management of partition dependencies during ATTACH/DETACH PARTITION
was complicated and buggy; for example, after detaching a partition
table it was possible to create cases where a formerly-child index
should be dropped and was not, because the correct set of dependencies
had not been reconstructed.

Less seriously, because multiple partition relationships were
represented identically in pg_depend, there was an order-of-traversal
dependency on which partition parent was cited in error messages.
We also had some pre-existing order-of-traversal hazards for error
messages related to internal and extension dependencies.  This is
cosmetic to users but causes testing problems.

To fix #1, add a check at the end of the partition tree traversal
to ensure that at least one partition parent got deleted.  To fix #2,
establish a new policy that partition dependencies are in addition to,
not instead of, a child object's usual dependencies; in this way
ATTACH/DETACH PARTITION need not cope with adding or removing the
usual dependencies.

To fix the cosmetic problem, distinguish between primary and secondary
partition dependency entries in pg_depend, by giving them different
deptypes.  (They behave identically except for having different
priorities for being cited in error messages.)  This means that the
former 'I' dependency type is replaced with new 'P' and 'S' types.

This also fixes a longstanding bug that after handling an internal
dependency by recursing to the owning object, findDependentObjects
did not verify that the current target was now scheduled for deletion,
and did not apply the current recursion level's objflags to it.
Perhaps that should be back-patched; but in the back branches it
would only matter if some concurrent transaction had removed the
internal-linkage pg_depend entry before the recursive call found it,
or the recursive call somehow failed to find it, both of which seem
unlikely.

Catversion bump because the contents of pg_depend change for
partitioning relationships.

Patch HEAD only.  It's annoying that we're not fixing #2 in v11,
but there seems no practical way to do so given that the problem
is exactly a poor choice of what entries to put in pg_depend.
We can't really fix that while staying compatible with what's
in pg_depend in existing v11 installations.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzkypv1R+teZrr71U23J578NnTBt2X8+Y=Odr4pOdW1rXg@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-11 14:41:17 -05:00
Tom Lane
1fb57af920 Create the infrastructure for planner support functions.
Rename/repurpose pg_proc.protransform as "prosupport".  The idea is
still that it names an internal function that provides knowledge to
the planner about the behavior of the function it's attached to;
but redesign the API specification so that it's not limited to doing
just one thing, but can support an extensible set of requests.

The original purpose of simplifying a function call is handled by
the first request type to be invented, SupportRequestSimplify.
Adjust all the existing transform functions to handle this API,
and rename them fron "xxx_transform" to "xxx_support" to reflect
the potential generalization of what they do.  (Since we never
previously provided any way for extensions to add transform functions,
this change doesn't create an API break for them.)

Also add DDL and pg_dump support for attaching a support function to a
user-defined function.  Unfortunately, DDL access has to be restricted
to superusers, at least for now; but seeing that support functions
will pretty much have to be written in C, that limitation is just
theoretical.  (This support is untested in this patch, but a follow-on
patch will add cases that exercise it.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-09 18:08:48 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
0c1f8f166c Use EXECUTE FUNCTION syntax for triggers more
Change pg_dump and ruleutils.c to use the FUNCTION keyword instead of
PROCEDURE in trigger and event trigger definitions.

This completes the pieces of the transition started in
0a63f996e0 that were kept out of
PostgreSQL 11 because of the required catversion change.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/381bef53-f7be-29c8-d977-948e389161d6@2ndquadrant.com
2019-02-07 09:21:34 +01:00
Andrew Dunstan
8916b33e52 Keep perl style checker happy
It doesn't like code before "use strict;".
2019-02-05 15:16:55 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
f884a96819 Fix searchpath for modern Perl for genbki.pl
This was fixed for MSVC tools by commit 1df92eeafe, but per
buildfarm member bowerbird genbki.pl needs the same treatment.

Backpatch to all live branches.
2019-02-05 09:59:46 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
f60a0e9677 Add more columns to pg_stat_ssl
Add columns client_serial and issuer_dn to pg_stat_ssl.  These allow
uniquely identifying the client certificate.

Rename the existing column clientdn to client_dn, to make the naming
more consistent and easier to read.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/398754d8-6bb5-c5cf-e7b8-22e5f0983caf@2ndquadrant.com/
2019-02-01 00:33:47 +01:00
Tom Lane
5f5c014590 Allow RECORD and RECORD[] to be specified in function coldeflists.
We can't allow these pseudo-types to be used as table column types,
because storing an anonymous record value in a table would result
in data that couldn't be understood by other sessions.  However,
it seems like there's no harm in allowing the case in a column
definition list that's specifying what a function-returning-record
returns.  The data involved is all local to the current session,
so we should be just as able to resolve its actual tuple type as
we are for the function-returning-record's top-level tuple output.

Elvis Pranskevichus, with cosmetic changes by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11038447.kQ5A9Uj5xi@hammer.magicstack.net
2019-01-30 19:25:33 -05:00
Tom Lane
f09346a9c6 Refactor planner's header files.
Create a new header optimizer/optimizer.h, which exposes just the
planner functions that can be used "at arm's length", without need
to access Paths or the other planner-internal data structures defined
in nodes/relation.h.  This is intended to provide the whole planner
API seen by most of the rest of the system; although FDWs still need
to use additional stuff, and more thought is also needed about just
what selfuncs.c should rely on.

The main point of doing this now is to limit the amount of new
#include baggage that will be needed by "planner support functions",
which I expect to introduce later, and which will be in relevant
datatype modules rather than anywhere near the planner.

This commit just moves relevant declarations into optimizer.h from
other header files (a couple of which go away because everything
got moved), and adjusts #include lists to match.  There's further
cleanup that could be done if we want to decide that some stuff
being exposed by optimizer.h doesn't belong in the planner at all,
but I'll leave that for another day.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11460.1548706639@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-29 15:48:51 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
efd9366dce Fix droppability of constraints upon partition detach
We were failing to set conislocal correctly for constraints in
partitions after partition detach, leading to those constraints becoming
undroppable.  Fix by setting the flag correctly.  Existing databases
might contain constraints with the conislocal wrongly set to false, for
partitions that were detached; this situation should be fixable by
applying an UPDATE on pg_constraint to set conislocal true.  This
problem should otherwise be innocuous and should disappear across a
dump/restore or pg_upgrade.

Secondarily, when constraint drop was attempted in a partitioned table,
ATExecDropConstraint would try to recurse to partitions after doing
performDeletion() of the constraint in the partitioned table itself; but
since the constraint in the partitions are dropped by the initial call
of performDeletion() (because of following dependencies), the recursion
step would fail since it would not find the constraint, causing the
whole operation to fail.  Fix by preventing recursion.

Reported-by: Amit Langote
Diagnosed-by: Amit Langote
Author: Amit Langote, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f2b8ead5-4131-d5a8-8016-2ea0a31250af@lab.ntt.co.jp
2019-01-24 14:09:56 -03:00
Michael Paquier
289198c0d9 Remove argument isprimary from index_build()
The flag was introduced in 3fdeb18, but f66e8bf actually forgot to
finish the cleanup as index_update_stats() has simplified its
interface.

Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190122080852.GB3873@paquier.xyz
2019-01-24 07:57:09 +09:00
Andres Freund
346ed70b0a Rename RelationData.rd_amroutine to rd_indam.
The upcoming table AM support makes rd_amroutine to generic, as its
only about index AMs. The new name makes that clear, and is shorter to
boot.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 17:36:55 -08:00
Andres Freund
c91560defc Move remaining code from tqual.[ch] to heapam.h / heapam_visibility.c.
Given these routines are heap specific, and that there will be more
generic visibility support in via table AM, it makes sense to move the
prototypes to heapam.h (routines like HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum will
not be exposed in a generic fashion, because they are too storage
specific).

Similarly, the code in tqual.c is specific to heap, so moving it into
access/heap/ makes sense.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 17:07:10 -08:00
Andres Freund
b7eda3e0e3 Move generic snapshot related code from tqual.h to snapmgr.h.
The code in tqual.c is largely heap specific. Due to the upcoming
pluggable storage work, it therefore makes sense to move it into
access/heap/ (as the file's header notes, the tqual name isn't very
good).

But the various statically allocated snapshot and snapshot
initialization functions are now (see previous commit) generic and do
not depend on functions declared in tqual.h anymore. Therefore move.
Also move XidInMVCCSnapshot as that's useful for future AMs, and
already used outside of tqual.c.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 17:06:41 -08:00
Andres Freund
527114e51e Fix "Remove superfluous tqual.h includes" by adding back one include.
I removed one include too many in e7cc78ad43, not sure why that
escaped my test script.

Author: Andres Freund
2019-01-21 12:59:31 -08:00
Andres Freund
e7cc78ad43 Remove superfluous tqual.h includes.
Most of these had been obsoleted by 568d4138c / the SnapshotNow
removal.

This is is preparation for moving most of tqual.[ch] into either
snapmgr.h or heapam.h, which in turn is in preparation for pluggable
table AMs.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 12:15:02 -08:00
Andres Freund
e0c4ec0728 Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 10:51:37 -08:00
Andres Freund
111944c5ee Replace heapam.h includes with {table, relation}.h where applicable.
A lot of files only included heapam.h for relation_open, heap_open etc
- replace the heapam.h include in those files with the narrower
header.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 10:51:37 -08:00
Tom Lane
f1ad067fc3 Sort the dependent objects before recursing in findDependentObjects().
Historically, the notices output by DROP CASCADE tended to come out
in uncertain order, and in some cases you might get different claims
about which object depends on which other one.  This is because we
just traversed the dependency tree in the order in which pg_depend
entries are seen, and nbtree has never promised anything about the
order of equal-keyed index entries.  We've put up with that for years,
hacking regression tests when necessary to prevent them from emitting
unstable output.  However, it's a problem for pending work that will
change nbtree's behavior for equal keys, as that causes unexpected
changes in the regression test results.

Hence, adjust findDependentObjects to sort the results of each
indexscan before processing them.  The sort is on descending OID of
the dependent objects, hence more or less reverse creation order.
While this rule could still result in bogus regression test failures
if an OID wraparound occurred mid-test, that seems unlikely to happen
in any plausible development or packaging-test scenario.

This is enough to ensure output stability for ordinary DROP CASCADE
commands, but not for DROP OWNED BY, because that has a different
code path with the same problem.  We might later choose to sort in
the DROP OWNED BY code as well, but this patch doesn't do so.

I've also not done anything about reverting the existing hacks to
suppress unstable DROP CASCADE output in specific regression tests.
It might be worth undoing those, but it seems like a distinct question.

The first indexscan loop in findDependentObjects is not touched,
meaning there is a hazard of unstable error reports from that too.
However, said hazard is not the fault of that code: it was designed
on the assumption that there could be at most one "owning" object
to complain about, and that assumption does not seem unreasonable.
The recent patch that added the possibility of multiple
DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL_AUTO links broke that assumption, but we should
fix that situation not band-aid around it.  That's a matter for
another patch, though.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12244.1547854440@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-21 13:48:14 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
0301db623d Replace @postgresql.org with @lists.postgresql.org for mailinglists
Commit c0d0e54084 replaced the ones in the documentation, but missed out
on the ones in the code. Replace those as well, but unlike c0d0e54084,
don't backpatch the code changes to avoid breaking translations.
2019-01-19 19:06:35 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera
03afae201f Move CloneForeignKeyConstraints to tablecmds.c
My commit 3de241dba8 introduced some code to create a clone of a
foreign key to a partition, but I put it in pg_constraint.c because it
was too close to the contents of the pg_constraint row.  With the
previous commit that split out the constraint tuple deconstruction into
its own routine, it makes more sense to have the FK-cloning function in
tablecmds.c, mostly because its static subroutine can then be used by a
future bugfix.

My initial posting of this patch had this routine as static in
tablecmds.c, but sadly this function is already part of the Postgres 11
ABI as exported from pg_constraint.c, so keep it as exported also just
to avoid breaking any possible users of it.
2019-01-18 15:00:06 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
0080396dad Refactor duplicate code into DeconstructFkConstraintRow
My commit 3de241dba8 introduced some code (in tablecmds.c) to obtain
data from a pg_constraint row for a foreign key, that already existed in
ri_triggers.c.  Split it out into its own routine in pg_constraint.c,
where it naturally belongs.

No functional code changes, only code movement.

Backpatch to pg11, because a future bugfix is simpler after this.
2019-01-18 14:59:44 -03:00
Tom Lane
9194c4270b Avoid sometimes printing both tables and their columns in DROP CASCADE.
A cascaded drop might find independent reasons to drop both a table
and some column of the table (for instance, a schema drop might include
dropping a data type used in some table in the schema).  Depending on
the order of visitation of pg_depend entries, we might report the
table column and the whole table as separate objects-to-be-dropped,
or we might only report the table.  This is confusing and leads to
unstable regression test output, so fix it to report only the table
regardless of visitation order.

Per gripe from Peter Geoghegan.  This is just cosmetic from a user's
standpoint, and we haven't actually seen regression test problems in
practice (yet), so I'll refrain from back-patching.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15908.1547762076@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-18 11:05:11 -05:00
Michael Paquier
c5660e0aa5 Restrict the use of temporary namespace in two-phase transactions
Attempting to use a temporary table within a two-phase transaction is
forbidden for ages.  However, there have been uncovered grounds for
a couple of other object types and commands which work on temporary
objects with two-phase commit.  In short, trying to create, lock or drop
an object on a temporary schema should not be authorized within a
two-phase transaction, as it would cause its state to create
dependencies with other sessions, causing all sorts of side effects with
the existing session or other sessions spawned later on trying to use
the same temporary schema name.

Regression tests are added to cover all the grounds found, the original
report mentioned function creation, but monitoring closer there are many
other patterns with LOCK, DROP or CREATE EXTENSION which are involved.
One of the symptoms resulting in combining both is that the session
which used the temporary schema is not able to shut down completely,
waiting for being able to drop the temporary schema, something that it
cannot complete because of the two-phase transaction involved with
temporary objects.  In this case the client is able to disconnect but
the session remains alive on the backend-side, potentially blocking
connection backend slots from being used.  Other problems reported could
also involve server crashes.

This is back-patched down to v10, which is where 9b013dc has introduced
MyXactFlags, something that this patch relies on.

Reported-by: Alexey Bashtanov
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5d910e2e-0db8-ec06-dd5f-baec420513c3@imap.cc
Backpatch-through: 10
2019-01-18 09:21:44 +09:00
Tom Lane
1c53c4dec3 Finish reverting "recheck_on_update" patch.
This reverts commit c203d6cf8 and some follow-on fixes, completing the
task begun in commit 5d28c9bd7.  If that feature is ever resurrected,
the code will look quite a bit different from this, so it seems best
to start from a clean slate.

The v11 branch is not touched; in that branch, the recheck_on_update
storage option remains present, but nonfunctional and undocumented.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114223409.3tcvejfhlvbucrv5@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-15 12:07:10 -05:00
Andres Freund
0944ec54de Don't include genam.h from execnodes.h and relscan.h anymore.
This is the genam.h equivalent of 4c850ecec6 (which removed
heapam.h from a lot of other headers).  There's still a few header
includes of genam.h, but not from central headers anymore.

As a few headers are not indirectly included anymore, execnodes.h and
relscan.h need a few additional includes. Some of the depended on
types were replacable by using the underlying structs, but e.g. for
Snapshot in execnodes.h that'd have gotten more invasive than
reasonable in this commit.

Like the aforementioned commit 4c850ecec6, this requires adding new
genam.h includes to a number of backend files, which likely is also
required in a few external projects.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-14 17:02:12 -08:00
Andres Freund
4c850ecec6 Don't include heapam.h from others headers.
heapam.h previously was included in a number of widely used
headers (e.g. execnodes.h, indirectly in executor.h, ...). That's
problematic on its own, as heapam.h contains a lot of low-level
details that don't need to be exposed that widely, but becomes more
problematic with the upcoming introduction of pluggable table storage
- it seems inappropriate for heapam.h to be included that widely
afterwards.

heapam.h was largely only included in other headers to get the
HeapScanDesc typedef (which was defined in heapam.h, even though
HeapScanDescData is defined in relscan.h). The better solution here
seems to be to just use the underlying struct (forward declared where
necessary). Similar for BulkInsertState.

Another problem was that LockTupleMode was used in executor.h - parts
of the file tried to cope without heapam.h, but due to the fact that
it indirectly included it, several subsequent violations of that goal
were not not noticed. We could just reuse the approach of declaring
parameters as int, but it seems nicer to move LockTupleMode to
lockoptions.h - that's not a perfect location, but also doesn't seem
bad.

As a number of files relied on implicitly included heapam.h, a
significant number of files grew an explicit include. It's quite
probably that a few external projects will need to do the same.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-14 16:24:41 -08:00
Alvaro Herrera
807ae415c5 Don't create relfilenode for relations without storage
Some relation kinds had relfilenode set to some non-zero value, but
apparently the actual files did not really exist because creation was
prevented elsewhere.  Get rid of the phony pg_class.relfilenode values.

Catversion bumped, but only because the sanity_test check will fail if
run in a system initdb'd with the previous version.

Reviewed-by: Kyotaro HORIGUCHI, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181206215552.fm2ypuxq6nhpwjuc@alvherre.pgsql
2019-01-04 14:51:17 -03:00
Tom Lane
d33faa285b Move the built-in conversions into the initial catalog data.
Instead of running a SQL script to create the standard conversion
functions and pg_conversion entries, put those entries into the
initial data in postgres.bki.

This shaves a few percent off the runtime of initdb, and also allows
accurate comments to be attached to the conversion functions; the
previous script labeled them with machine-generated comments that
were not quite right for multi-purpose conversion functions.
Also, we can get rid of the duplicative Makefile and MSVC perl
implementations of the generation code for that SQL script.

A functional change is that these pg_proc and pg_conversion entries
are now "pinned" by initdb.  Leaving them unpinned was perhaps a
good thing back while the conversions feature was under development,
but there seems no valid reason for it now.

Also, the conversion functions are now marked as immutable, where
before they were volatile by virtue of lacking any explicit
specification.  That seems like it was just an oversight.

To avoid using magic constants in pg_conversion.dat, extend
genbki.pl to allow encoding names to be converted, much as it
does for language, access method, etc names.

John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGWtUqxpfAaxS88vEGvi+jKzWZb2EStu5io-UPc4p9rSJg@mail.gmail.com
2019-01-03 19:47:53 -05:00
Tom Lane
814c9019aa Use symbolic references for pg_language OIDs in the bootstrap data.
This patch teaches genbki.pl to replace pg_language names by OIDs
in much the same way as it already does for pg_am names etc, and
converts pg_proc.dat to use such symbolic references in the prolang
column.

Aside from getting rid of a few more magic numbers in the initial
catalog data, this means that Gen_fmgrtab.pl no longer needs to read
pg_language.dat, since it doesn't have to know the OID of the "internal"
language; now it's just looking for the string "internal".

No need for a catversion bump, since the contents of postgres.bki
don't actually change at all.

John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGWtUqxpfAaxS88vEGvi+jKzWZb2EStu5io-UPc4p9rSJg@mail.gmail.com
2019-01-03 18:38:49 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
97c39498e5 Update copyright for 2019
Backpatch-through: certain files through 9.4
2019-01-02 12:44:25 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
ae4472c619 Remove obsolete IndexIs* macros
Remove IndexIsValid(), IndexIsReady(), IndexIsLive() in favor of
accessing the index structure directly.  These macros haven't been
used consistently, and the original reason of maintaining source
compatibility with PostgreSQL 9.2 is gone.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d419147c-09d4-6196-5d9d-0234b230880a%402ndquadrant.com
2018-12-27 10:07:46 +01:00
Tom Lane
7c15cef86d Base information_schema.sql_identifier domain on name, not varchar.
The SQL spec says that sql_identifier is a domain over varchar,
but it also says that that domain is supposed to represent the set
of valid identifiers for the implementation, in particular applying
a length limit matching the implementation's identifier length limit.
We were declaring sql_identifier as just "character varying", thus
duplicating what the spec says about base type, but entirely failing
at the rest of it.

Instead, let's declare sql_identifier as a domain over type "name".
(We can drop the COLLATE "C" added by commit 6b0faf723, since that's
now implicit in "name".)  With the recent improvements to name's
comparison support, there's not a lot of functional difference between
name and varchar.  So although in principle this is a spec deviation,
it's a pretty minor one.  And correctly enforcing PG's name length limit
is a good thing; on balance this seems closer to the intent of the spec
than what we had.

But that's all just language-lawyering.  The *real* reason to do this is
that it makes sql_identifier columns exposed by information_schema views
be just direct representations of the underlying "name" catalog columns,
eliminating a semantic mismatch that was disastrous for performance of
typical queries on the information_schema.  In combination with the
recent change to allow dropping no-op CoerceToDomain nodes, this allows
(for example) queries such as

    select ... from information_schema.tables where table_name = 'foo';

to produce an indexscan rather than a seqscan on pg_class.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRBUCX4LZ2rA2BbEkdD6NN59mgx+BLo1gO08Wod4RLtcTg@mail.gmail.com
2018-12-20 16:21:59 -05:00
Tom Lane
5bbee34d9f Avoid producing over-length specific_name outputs in information_schema.
information_schema output columns that are declared as being type
sql_identifier are supposed to conform to the implementation's rules
for valid identifiers, in particular the identifier length limit.
Several places potentially violated this limit by concatenating a
function's name and OID.  (The OID is added to ensure name uniqueness
within a schema, since the spec doesn't expect function name overloading.)

Simply truncating the concatenation result to fit in "name" won't do,
since losing part of the OID might wind up giving non-unique results.
Instead, let's truncate the function name as necessary.

The most practical way to do that is to do it in a C function; the
information_schema.sql script doesn't have easy access to the value
of NAMEDATALEN, nor does it have an easy way to truncate on the basis
of resulting byte-length rather than number of characters.

(There are still a couple of places that cast concatenation results to
sql_identifier, but as far as I can see they are guaranteed not to produce
over-length strings, at least with the normal value of NAMEDATALEN.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/23817.1545283477@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-12-20 16:21:59 -05:00
Tom Lane
6b0faf7236 Make collation-aware system catalog columns use "C" collation.
Up to now we allowed text columns in system catalogs to use collation
"default", but that isn't really safe because it might mean something
different in template0 than it means in a database cloned from template0.
In particular, this could mean that cloned pg_statistic entries for such
columns weren't entirely valid, possibly leading to bogus planner
estimates, though (probably) not any outright failures.

In the wake of commit 5e0928005, a better solution is available: if we
label such columns with "C" collation, then their pg_statistic entries
will also use that collation and hence will be valid independently of
the database collation.

This also provides a cleaner solution for indexes on such columns than
the hack added by commit 0b28ea79c: the indexes will naturally inherit
"C" collation and don't have to be forced to use text_pattern_ops.

Also, with the planned improvement of type "name" to be collation-aware,
this policy will apply cleanly to both text and name columns.

Because of the pg_statistic angle, we should also apply this policy
to the tables in information_schema.  This patch does that by adjusting
information_schema's textual domain types to specify "C" collation.
That has the user-visible effect that order-sensitive comparisons to
textual information_schema view columns will now use "C" collation
by default.  The SQL standard says that the collation of those view
columns is implementation-defined, so I think this is legal per spec.
At some point this might allow for translation of such comparisons
into indexable conditions on the underlying "name" columns, although
additional work will be needed before that can happen.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19346.1544895309@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-12-18 12:48:15 -05:00
Michael Paquier
f94cec6447 Include partitioned indexes to system view pg_indexes
pg_tables already includes partitioned tables, so for consistency
pg_indexes should show partitioned indexes.

Author: Suraj Kharage
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAF1DzPVrYo4XNTEnc=PqVp6aLJc7LFYpYR4rX=_5pV=wJ2KdZg@mail.gmail.com
2018-12-18 16:37:51 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
ca4103025d Fix tablespace handling for partitioned tables
When partitioned tables were introduced, we failed to realize that by
copying the tablespace handling for other relation kinds with no
physical storage we were causing the secondary effect that their
partitions would not automatically inherit the tablespace setting.  This
is surprising and unhelpful, so change it to adopt the behavior
introduced in pg11 (commit 33e6c34c32) for partitioned indexes: the
parent relation remembers the tablespace specification, which is then
used for any new partitions that don't declare one.

Because this commit changes behavior of the TABLESPACE clause for
partitioned tables (it's no longer a no-op), it is not backpatched.

Author: David Rowley, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9SxVzqDrGD1teosFd6jBMM0UEaa14_8mRvcWE19Tu0hA@mail.gmail.com
2018-12-17 15:37:40 -03:00
Andres Freund
09568ec3d3 Create a separate oid range for oids assigned by genbki.pl.
The changes I made in 578b229718 assigned oids below
FirstBootstrapObjectId to objects in include/catalog/*.dat files that
did not have an oid assigned, starting at the max oid explicitly
assigned.  Tom criticized that for mainly two reasons:
1) It's not clear which values are manually and which explicitly
   assigned.
2) The space below FirstBootstrapObjectId gets pretty crowded, and
   some PostgreSQL forks have used oids >= 9000 for their own objects,
   to avoid conflicting.

Thus create a new range for objects not assigned explicit oids, but
assigned by genbki.pl. For now 1-9999 is for explicitly assigned oids,
FirstGenbkiObjectId (10000) to FirstBootstrapObjectId (1200) -1 is for
genbki.pl assigned oids, and < FirstNormalObjectId (16384) is for oids
assigned during bootstrap.  It's possible that we'll have to adjust
these boundaries, but there's some headroom for now.

Add a note suggesting that oids in forks should be assigned in the
9000-9999 range.

Catversion bump for obvious reasons.

Per complaint from Tom Lane.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16845.1544393682@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-12-13 14:50:57 -08:00
Tom Lane
84d514887f Fix bogus logic for skipping unnecessary partcollation dependencies.
The idea here is to not call recordDependencyOn for the default collation,
since we know that's pinned.  But what the code actually did was to record
the partition key's dependency on the opclass twice, instead.

Evidently introduced by sloppy coding in commit 2186b608b.  Back-patch
to v10 where that came in.
2018-12-13 15:11:09 -05:00
Michael Paquier
7fee252f6f Add timestamp of last received message from standby to pg_stat_replication
The timestamp generated by the standby at message transmission has been
included in the protocol since its introduction for both the status
update message and hot standby feedback message, but it has never
appeared in pg_stat_replication.  Seeing this timestamp does not matter
much with a cluster which has a lot of activity, but on a mostly-idle
cluster, this makes monitoring able to react faster than the configured
timeouts.

Author: MyungKyu LIM
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1657809367.407321.1533027417725.JavaMail.jboss@ep2ml404
2018-12-09 16:35:06 +09:00
Michael Paquier
ee2b37ae04 Add some missing schema qualifications
This does not improve the security and reliability of the touched areas,
but it makes the style more consistent.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by- Noah Misch
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180309075538.GD9376@paquier.xyz
2018-12-03 14:21:52 +09:00
Andres Freund
578b229718 Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility.
Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction
of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column,
but as part of the tuple header.

This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd,
as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important
parts of a row.  Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the
oid column by default.

The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a
significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That
already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make
table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating
that "specialness" significantly.

WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0).
Remove it.

Removing includes:
- CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be
  WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out)
- pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will
  issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column).
- restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when
  restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column)
- COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids.
- pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH
  OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first.
- Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like
  plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed.

The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false)
for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of
support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that
do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them.

The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This
commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally
declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the
newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column
naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such.  This obviously
requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via
HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column.

The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in
genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest
oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above
FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the
special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed.

Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all
backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For
the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for
the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog
tables).

The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns
means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded
by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid,
previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid
column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either
have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the
line.

While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the
scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this
now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit
after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other
patches.

Catversion bump, for obvious reasons.

Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-20 16:00:17 -08:00
Andres Freund
4da597edf1 Make TupleTableSlots extensible, finish split of existing slot type.
This commit completes the work prepared in 1a0586de36, splitting the
old TupleTableSlot implementation (which could store buffer, heap,
minimal and virtual slots) into four different slot types.  As
described in the aforementioned commit, this is done with the goal of
making tuple table slots extensible, to allow for pluggable table
access methods.

To achieve runtime extensibility for TupleTableSlots, operations on
slots that can differ between types of slots are performed using the
TupleTableSlotOps struct provided at slot creation time.  That
includes information from the size of TupleTableSlot struct to be
allocated, initialization, deforming etc.  See the struct's definition
for more detailed information about callbacks TupleTableSlotOps.

I decided to rename TTSOpsBufferTuple to TTSOpsBufferHeapTuple and
ExecCopySlotTuple to ExecCopySlotHeapTuple, as that seems more
consistent with other naming introduced in recent patches.

There's plenty optimization potential in the slot implementation, but
according to benchmarking the state after this commit has similar
performance characteristics to before this set of changes, which seems
sufficient.

There's a few changes in execReplication.c that currently need to poke
through the slot abstraction, that'll be repaired once the pluggable
storage patchset provides the necessary infrastructure.

Author: Andres Freund and  Ashutosh Bapat, with changes by Amit Khandekar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181105210039.hh4vvi4vwoq5ba2q@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-16 16:35:15 -08:00
Andres Freund
1a0586de36 Introduce notion of different types of slots (without implementing them).
Upcoming work intends to allow pluggable ways to introduce new ways of
storing table data. Accessing those table access methods from the
executor requires TupleTableSlots to be carry tuples in the native
format of such storage methods; otherwise there'll be a significant
conversion overhead.

Different access methods will require different data to store tuples
efficiently (just like virtual, minimal, heap already require fields
in TupleTableSlot). To allow that without requiring additional pointer
indirections, we want to have different structs (embedding
TupleTableSlot) for different types of slots.  Thus different types of
slots are needed, which requires adapting creators of slots.

The slot that most efficiently can represent a type of tuple in an
executor node will often depend on the type of slot a child node
uses. Therefore we need to track the type of slot is returned by
nodes, so parent slots can create slots based on that.

Relatedly, JIT compilation of tuple deforming needs to know which type
of slot a certain expression refers to, so it can create an
appropriate deforming function for the type of tuple in the slot.

But not all nodes will only return one type of slot, e.g. an append
node will potentially return different types of slots for each of its
subplans.

Therefore add function that allows to query the type of a node's
result slot, and whether it'll always be the same type (whether it's
fixed). This can be queried using ExecGetResultSlotOps().

The scan, result, inner, outer type of slots are automatically
inferred from ExecInitScanTupleSlot(), ExecInitResultSlot(),
left/right subtrees respectively. If that's not correct for a node,
that can be overwritten using new fields in PlanState.

This commit does not introduce the actually abstracted implementation
of different kind of TupleTableSlots, that will be left for a followup
commit.  The different types of slots introduced will, for now, still
use the same backing implementation.

While this already partially invalidates the big comment in
tuptable.h, it seems to make more sense to update it later, when the
different TupleTableSlot implementations actually exist.

Author: Ashutosh Bapat and Andres Freund, with changes by Amit Khandekar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181105210039.hh4vvi4vwoq5ba2q@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-15 22:00:30 -08:00
Tom Lane
fa2952d8eb Fix missing role dependencies for some schema and type ACLs.
This patch fixes several related cases in which pg_shdepend entries were
never made, or were lost, for references to roles appearing in the ACLs of
schemas and/or types.  While that did no immediate harm, if a referenced
role were later dropped, the drop would be allowed and would leave a
dangling reference in the object's ACL.  That still wasn't a big problem
for normal database usage, but it would cause obscure failures in
subsequent dump/reload or pg_upgrade attempts, taking the form of
attempts to grant privileges to all-numeric role names.  (I think I've
seen field reports matching that symptom, but can't find any right now.)

Several cases are fixed here:

1. ALTER DOMAIN SET/DROP DEFAULT would lose the dependencies for any
existing ACL entries for the domain.  This case is ancient, dating
back as far as we've had pg_shdepend tracking at all.

2. If a default type privilege applies, CREATE TYPE recorded the
ACL properly but forgot to install dependency entries for it.
This dates to the addition of default privileges for types in 9.2.

3. If a default schema privilege applies, CREATE SCHEMA recorded the
ACL properly but forgot to install dependency entries for it.
This dates to the addition of default privileges for schemas in v10
(commit ab89e465c).

Another somewhat-related problem is that when creating a relation
rowtype or implicit array type, TypeCreate would apply any available
default type privileges to that type, which we don't really want
since such an object isn't supposed to have privileges of its own.
(You can't, for example, drop such privileges once they've been added
to an array type.)

ab89e465c is also to blame for a race condition in the regression tests:
privileges.sql transiently installed globally-applicable default
privileges on schemas, which sometimes got absorbed into the ACLs of
schemas created by concurrent test scripts.  This should have resulted
in failures when privileges.sql tried to drop the role holding such
privileges; but thanks to the bug fixed here, it instead led to dangling
ACLs in the final state of the regression database.  We'd managed not to
notice that, but it became obvious in the wake of commit da906766c, which
allowed the race condition to occur in pg_upgrade tests.

To fix, add a function recordDependencyOnNewAcl to encapsulate what
callers of get_user_default_acl need to do; while the original call
sites got that right via ad-hoc code, none of the later-added ones
have.  Also change GenerateTypeDependencies to generate these
dependencies, which requires adding the typacl to its parameter list.
(That might be annoying if there are any extensions calling that
function directly; but if there are, they're most likely buggy in the
same way as the core callers were, so they need work anyway.)  While
I was at it, I changed GenerateTypeDependencies to accept most of its
parameters in the form of a Form_pg_type pointer, making its parameter
list a bit less unwieldy and mistake-prone.

The test race condition is fixed just by wrapping the addition and
removal of default privileges into a single transaction, so that that
state is never visible externally.  We might eventually prefer to
separate out tests of default privileges into a script that runs by
itself, but that would be a bigger change and would make the tests
run slower overall.

Back-patch relevant parts to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1541725287@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-11-09 20:42:14 -05:00
Michael Paquier
8f045e242b Switch pg_promote to be parallel-safe
pg_promote uses nothing relying on a global state, so it is fine to mark
it as parallel-safe, conclusion based on a detailed analysis from Robert
Haas.  This also fixes an inconsistency where pg_proc.dat missed to mark
the function with its previous value for proparallel, update which does
not matter now as the default is used.

Based on a discussion between multiple folks: Laurenz Albe, Robert Haas,
Amit Kapila, Tom Lane and myself.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181029082530.GL14242@paquier.xyz
2018-11-06 14:11:21 +09:00
Michael Paquier
4bc772e2af Ignore partitioned tables when processing ON COMMIT DELETE ROWS
Those tables have no physical storage, making this option unusable with
partition trees as at commit time an actual truncation was attempted.
There are still issues with the way ON COMMIT actions are done when
mixing several action types, however this impacts as well inheritance
trees, so this issue will be dealt with later.

Reported-by: Rajkumar Raghuwanshi
Author: Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6mhgcjSiB_egqEAEFgX462QZtncU8QCAJ2HZwM-wWGVew@mail.gmail.com
2018-11-05 09:14:33 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
dfa6081419 Fix tablespace handling for partitioned indexes
When creating partitioned indexes, the tablespace was not being saved
for the parent index. This meant that subsequently created partitions
would not use the right tablespace for their indexes.

ALTER INDEX SET TABLESPACE and ALTER INDEX ALL IN TABLESPACE raised
errors when tried; fix them too.  This requires bespoke code for
ATExecCmd() that applies to the special case when the tablespace move is
just a catalog change.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181102003138.uxpaca6qfxzskepi@alvherre.pgsql
2018-11-03 13:25:19 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
96b00c433c Remove obsolete pg_constraint.consrc column
This has been deprecated and effectively unused for a long time.

Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
2018-11-01 20:36:05 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
fe5038236c Remove obsolete pg_attrdef.adsrc column
This has been deprecated and effectively unused for a long time.

Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
2018-11-01 20:35:42 +01:00
Michael Paquier
10074651e3 Add pg_promote function
This function is able to promote a standby with this new SQL-callable
function.  Execution access can be granted to non-superusers so that
failover tools can observe the principle of least privilege.

Catalog version is bumped.

Author: Laurenz Albe
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6e7c79b3ec916cf49742fb8849ed17cd87aed620.camel@cybertec.at
2018-10-25 09:46:00 +09:00
Michael Paquier
17f206fbc8 Set pg_class.relhassubclass for partitioned indexes
Like for relations, switching this parameter is optimistic by turning it
on each time a partitioned index gains a partition.  So seeing this
parameter set to true means that the partitioned index has or has had
partitions.  The flag cannot be reset yet for partitioned indexes, which
is something not obvious anyway as partitioned relations exist to have
partitions.

This allows to track more conveniently partition trees for indexes,
which will come in use with an upcoming patch helping in listing
partition trees with an SQL-callable function.

Author: Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/80306490-b5fc-ea34-4427-f29c52156052@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-10-22 11:04:48 +09:00
Andres Freund
02a30a09f9 Correct constness of system attributes in heap.c & prerequisites.
This allows the compiler / linker to mark affected pages as read-only.

There's a fair number of pre-requisite changes, to allow the const
properly be propagated. Most of consts were already required for
correctness anyway, just not represented on the type-level.  Arguably
we could be more aggressive in using consts in related code, but..

This requires using a few of the types underlying typedefs that
removes pointers (e.g. const NameData *) as declaring the typedefed
type constant doesn't have the same meaning (it makes the variable
const, not what it points to).

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181015200754.7y7zfuzsoux2c4ya@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-10-16 09:44:43 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera
c7d43c4d8a Correct attach/detach logic for FKs in partitions
There was no code to handle foreign key constraints on partitioned
tables in the case of ALTER TABLE DETACH; and if you happened to ATTACH
a partition that already had an equivalent constraint, that one was
ignored and a new constraint was created.  Adding this to the fact that
foreign key cloning reuses the constraint name on the partition instead
of generating a new name (as it probably should, to cater to SQL
standard rules about constraint naming within schemas), the result was a
pretty poor user experience -- the most visible failure was that just
detaching a partition and re-attaching it failed with an error such as

  ERROR:  duplicate key value violates unique constraint "pg_constraint_conrelid_contypid_conname_index"
  DETAIL:  Key (conrelid, contypid, conname)=(26702, 0, test_result_asset_id_fkey) already exists.

because it would try to create an identically-named constraint in the
partition.  To make matters worse, if you tried to drop the constraint
in the now-independent partition, that would fail because the constraint
was still seen as dependent on the constraint in its former parent
partitioned table:
  ERROR:  cannot drop inherited constraint "test_result_asset_id_fkey" of relation "test_result_cbsystem_0001_0050_monthly_2018_09"

This fix attacks the problem from two angles: first, when the partition
is detached, the constraint is also marked as independent, so the drop
now works.  Second, when the partition is re-attached, we scan existing
constraints searching for one matching the FK in the parent, and if one
exists, we link that one to the parent constraint.  So we don't end up
with a duplicate -- and better yet, we don't need to scan the referenced
table to verify that the constraint holds.

To implement this I made a small change to previously planner-only
struct ForeignKeyCacheInfo to contain the constraint OID; also relcache
now maintains the list of FKs for partitioned tables too.

Backpatch to 11.

Reported-by: Michael Vitale (bug #15425)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15425-2dbc9d2aa999f816@postgresql.org
2018-10-12 12:37:37 -03:00
Andres Freund
cda6a8d01d Remove deprecated abstime, reltime, tinterval datatypes.
These types have been deprecated for a *long* time.

Catversion bump, for obvious reasons.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/20181009192237.34wjp3nmw7oynmmr@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20171213080506.cwjkpcz3bkk6yz2u@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/25615.1513115237@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-10-11 11:59:15 -07:00
Michael Paquier
c481016201 Add pg_ls_archive_statusdir function
This function lists the contents of the WAL archive status directory,
and is intended to be used by monitoring tools.  Unlike pg_ls_dir(),
access to it can be granted to non-superusers so that those monitoring
tools can observe the principle of least privilege.  Access is also
given by default to members of pg_monitor.

Author:  Christoph Moench-Tegeder
Reviewed-by: Aya Iwata
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930205920.GA64534@elch.exwg.net
2018-10-09 22:29:09 +09:00
Thomas Munro
212fab9926 Relax transactional restrictions on ALTER TYPE ... ADD VALUE (redux).
Originally committed as 15bc038f (plus some follow-ups), this was
reverted in 28e07270 due to a problem discovered in parallel
workers.  This new version corrects that problem by sending the
list of uncommitted enum values to parallel workers.

Here follows the original commit message describing the change:

To prevent possibly breaking indexes on enum columns, we must keep
uncommitted enum values from getting stored in tables, unless we
can be sure that any such column is new in the current transaction.

Formerly, we enforced this by disallowing ALTER TYPE ... ADD VALUE
from being executed at all in a transaction block, unless the target
enum type had been created in the current transaction.  This patch
removes that restriction, and instead insists that an uncommitted enum
value can't be referenced unless it belongs to an enum type created
in the same transaction as the value.  Per discussion, this should be
a bit less onerous.  It does require each function that could possibly
return a new enum value to SQL operations to check this restriction,
but there aren't so many of those that this seems unmaintainable.

Author: Andrew Dunstan and Tom Lane, with parallel query fix by Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0Ei7g6PaNTbcmAh9tCRahQrk%3Dr5ZWLD-jr7hXweYX3yg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4075.1459088427%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-10-09 12:51:01 +13:00
Alvaro Herrera
ad08006ba0 Fix event triggers for partitioned tables
Index DDL cascading on partitioned tables introduced a way for ALTER
TABLE to be called reentrantly.  This caused an an important deficiency
in event trigger support to be exposed: on exiting the reentrant call,
the alter table state object was clobbered, causing a crash when the
outer alter table tries to finalize its processing.  Fix the crash by
creating a stack of event trigger state objects.  There are still ways
to cause things to misbehave (and probably other crashers) with more
elaborate tricks, but at least it now doesn't crash in the obvious
scenario.

Backpatch to 9.5, where DDL deparsing of event triggers was introduced.

Reported-by: Marco Slot
Authors: Michaël Paquier, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANNhMLCpi+HQ7M36uPfGbJZEQLyTy7XvX=5EFkpR-b1bo0uJew@mail.gmail.com
2018-10-06 19:17:46 -03:00
Michael Paquier
38921d1416 Assign constraint name when cloning FK definition for partitions
This is for example used when attaching a partition to a partitioned
table which includes foreign keys, and in this case the constraint name
has been missing in the data cloned.  This could lead to hard crashes,
as when validating the foreign key constraint, the constraint name is
always expected.  Particularly, when using log_min_messages >= DEBUG1, a
log message would be generated with this unassigned constraint name,
leading to an assertion failure on HEAD.

While on it, rename a variable in ATExecAttachPartition which was
declared twice with the same name.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181005042236.GG1629@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 11
2018-10-06 14:59:36 +09:00
Michael Paquier
9cd92d1a33 Add pg_ls_tmpdir function
This lists the contents of a temporary directory associated to a given
tablespace, useful to get information about on-disk consumption caused
by temporary files used by a session query.  By default, pg_default is
scanned, and a tablespace can be specified as argument.

This function is intended to be used by monitoring tools, and, unlike
pg_ls_dir(), access to them can be granted to non-superusers so that
those monitoring tools can observe the principle of least privilege.
Access is also given by default to members of pg_monitor.

Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Laurenz Albe
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/92F458A2-6459-44B8-A7F2-2ADD3225046A@amazon.com
2018-10-05 09:21:48 +09:00
Tom Lane
9ddef36278 Centralize executor's opening/closing of Relations for rangetable entries.
Create an array estate->es_relations[] paralleling the es_range_table,
and store references to Relations (relcache entries) there, so that any
given RT entry is opened and closed just once per executor run.  Scan
nodes typically still call ExecOpenScanRelation, but ExecCloseScanRelation
is no more; relation closing is now done centrally in ExecEndPlan.

This is slightly more complex than one would expect because of the
interactions with relcache references held in ResultRelInfo nodes.
The general convention is now that ResultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc does
not represent a separate relcache reference and so does not need to be
explicitly closed; but there is an exception for ResultRelInfos in the
es_trig_target_relations list, which are manufactured by
ExecGetTriggerResultRel and have to be cleaned up by
ExecCleanUpTriggerState.  (That much was true all along, but these
ResultRelInfos are now more different from others than they used to be.)

To allow the partition pruning logic to make use of es_relations[] rather
than having its own relcache references, adjust PartitionedRelPruneInfo
to store an RT index rather than a relation OID.

Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen,
some mods by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-10-04 14:03:42 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
fb9e93a2c5 Fix duplicate primary keys in partitions
When using the CREATE TABLE .. PARTITION OF syntax, it's possible to
cause a partition to get two primary keys if the parent already has one.
Tighten the check to disallow that.

Reported-by: Rajkumar Raghuwanshi
Author: Amul Sul
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6=OnSV3-qd8Gb6W=KPPwcCz6Fe_O_MQYjTa24__Xn8XxA@mail.gmail.com
2018-10-04 11:40:36 -03:00
Tom Lane
fdba460a26 Create an RTE field to record the query's lock mode for each relation.
Add RangeTblEntry.rellockmode, which records the appropriate lock mode for
each RTE_RELATION rangetable entry (either AccessShareLock, RowShareLock,
or RowExclusiveLock depending on the RTE's role in the query).

This patch creates the field and makes all creators of RTE nodes fill it
in reasonably, but for the moment nothing much is done with it.  The plan
is to replace assorted post-parser logic that re-determines the right
lockmode to use with simple uses of rte->rellockmode.  For now, just add
Asserts in each of those places that the rellockmode matches what they are
computing today.  (In some cases the match isn't perfect, so the Asserts
are weaker than you might expect; but this seems OK, as per discussion.)

This passes check-world for me, but it seems worth pushing in this state
to see if the buildfarm finds any problems in cases I failed to test.

catversion bump due to change of stored rules.

Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen,
and whacked around a bit more by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-09-30 13:55:51 -04:00
Andres Freund
29c94e03c7 Split ExecStoreTuple into ExecStoreHeapTuple and ExecStoreBufferHeapTuple.
Upcoming changes introduce further types of tuple table slots, in
preparation of making table storage pluggable. New storage methods
will have different representation of tuples, therefore the slot
accessor should refer explicitly to heap tuples.

Instead of just renaming the functions, split it into one function
that accepts heap tuples not residing in buffers, and one accepting
ones in buffers.  Previously one function was used for both, but that
was a bit awkward already, and splitting will allow us to represent
slot types for tuples in buffers and normal memory separately.

This is split out from the patch introducing abstract slots, as this
largely consists out of mechanical changes.

Author: Ashutosh Bapat
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180220224318.gw4oe5jadhpmcdnm@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-09-25 16:27:48 -07:00
Tom Lane
1dba1b61c2 Add a "return" statement to pacify perlcritic.
Per buildfarm member crake.
2018-09-20 16:10:23 -04:00
Tom Lane
3dc820c43e Teach genbki.pl to auto-generate pg_type entries for array types.
This eliminates some more tedium in adding new catalog entries,
specifically the need to set up an array type when adding a new
built-in data type.  Now it's sufficient to assign an OID for the
array type and write it in an "array_type_oid" metadata field.
You don't have to fill the base type's typarray link explicitly, either.

No catversion bump since the contents of pg_type aren't changed.
(Well, their order might be different, but that doesn't matter.)

John Naylor, reviewed and whacked around a bit by
Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, and some more by me.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGVTb6m9pJF49b3SuA8J+T-THO9c0hxOmoyv-yGKh-FbNg@mail.gmail.com
2018-09-20 15:14:46 -04:00
Michael Paquier
1d6fbc38d9 Refactor routines for subscription and publication lookups
Those routines gain a missing_ok argument, allowing a caller to get a
NULL result instead of an error if set to true.  This is part of a
larger refactoring effort for objectaddress.c where trying to check for
non-existing objects does not result in cache lookup failures.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-09-18 12:00:18 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
e5f1bb92cf Simplify index tuple descriptor initialization
We have two code paths for initializing the tuple descriptor for a new
index: For a normal index, we copy the tuple descriptor from the table
and reset a number of fields that are not applicable to indexes.  For an
expression index, we make a blank tuple descriptor and fill in the
needed fields based on the provided expressions.  As pg_attribute has
grown over time, the number of fields that we need to reset in the first
case is now bigger than the number of fields we actually want to copy,
so it's sensible to do it the other way around: Make a blank descriptor
and copy just the fields we need.  This also allows more code sharing
between the two branches, and it avoids having to touch this code for
almost every unrelated change to the pg_attribute structure.

Reviewed-by: Arthur Zakirov <a.zakirov@postgrespro.ru>
2018-09-13 08:22:03 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
98afa68d93 Use C99 designated initializers for some structs
These are just a few particularly egregious cases that were hard to read
and write, and error prone because of many similar adjacent types.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4c9f01be-9245-2148-b569-61a8562ef190%402ndquadrant.com
2018-09-07 11:40:03 +02:00
Tom Lane
17b7c302b5 Fully enforce uniqueness of constraint names.
It's been true for a long time that we expect names of table and domain
constraints to be unique among the constraints of that table or domain.
However, the enforcement of that has been pretty haphazard, and it missed
some corner cases such as creating a CHECK constraint and then an index
constraint of the same name (as per recent report from André Hänsel).
Also, due to the lack of an actual unique index enforcing this, duplicates
could be created through race conditions.

Moreover, the code that searches pg_constraint has been quite inconsistent
about how to handle duplicate names if one did occur: some places checked
and threw errors if there was more than one match, while others just
processed the first match they came to.

To fix, create a unique index on (conrelid, contypid, conname).  Since
either conrelid or contypid is zero, this will separately enforce
uniqueness of constraint names among constraints of any one table and any
one domain.  (If we ever implement SQL assertions, and put them into this
catalog, more thought might be needed.  But it'd be at least as reasonable
to put them into a new catalog; having overloaded this one catalog with
two kinds of constraints was a mistake already IMO.)  This index can replace
the existing non-unique index on conrelid, though we need to keep the one
on contypid for query performance reasons.

Having done that, we can simplify the logic in various places that either
coped with duplicates or neglected to, as well as potentially improve
lookup performance when searching for a constraint by name.

Also, as per our usual practice, install a preliminary check so that you
get something more friendly than a unique-index violation report in the
case complained of by André.  And teach ChooseIndexName to avoid choosing
autogenerated names that would draw such a failure.

While it's not possible to make such a change in the back branches,
it doesn't seem quite too late to put this into v11, so do so.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0c1001d4428f$0942b430$1bc81c90$@webkr.de
2018-09-04 13:45:35 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
c076f3d74a Remove pg_constraint.conincluding
This column was added in commit 8224de4f42 ("Indexes with INCLUDE
columns and their support in B-tree") to ease writing the ruleutils.c
supporting code for that feature, but it turns out to be unnecessary --
we can do the same thing with just one more syscache lookup.

Even the documentation for the new column being removed in this commit
is awkward.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180902165018.33otxftp3olgtu4t@alvherre.pgsql
2018-09-03 12:59:26 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
a4a232b1e7 Error position support for defaults and check constraints
Add support for error position reporting for the expressions contained
in defaults and check constraint definitions.  This currently works only
for CREATE TABLE, not ALTER TABLE, because the latter is not set up to
pass around the original query string.

Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
2018-08-30 08:20:23 +02:00
Michael Paquier
1339fcc896 Clarify comment about assignment and reset of temp namespace ID in MyProc
The new wording comes from Álvaro, which I modified a bit.

Reported-by: Andres Freund, Álvaro Herrera
Author: Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180809165047.GK13638@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 11
2018-08-21 08:32:18 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
d83423db86 Improve error messages for CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE
Change the hint to recommend DROP PROCEDURE instead of FUNCTION.  Also
make the error message when changing the return type more specific to
the case of procedures.

Reported-by: Jeremy Evans <code@jeremyevans.net>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2018-08-18 22:05:43 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
e4597ee65d InsertPgAttributeTuple() to set attcacheoff
InsertPgAttributeTuple() is the interface between in-memory tuple
descriptors and on-disk pg_attribute, so it makes sense to give it the
job of resetting attcacheoff.  This avoids having all the callers having
to do so.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2018-08-17 22:08:21 +02:00
Michael Paquier
246a6c8f7b Make autovacuum more aggressive to remove orphaned temp tables
Commit dafa084, added in 10, made the removal of temporary orphaned
tables more aggressive.  This commit makes an extra step into the
aggressiveness by adding a flag in each backend's MyProc which tracks
down any temporary namespace currently in use.  The flag is set when the
namespace gets created and can be reset if the temporary namespace has
been created in a transaction or sub-transaction which is aborted.  The
flag value assignment is assumed to be atomic, so this can be done in a
lock-less fashion like other flags already present in PGPROC like
databaseId or backendId, still the fact that the temporary namespace and
table created are still locked until the transaction creating those
commits acts as a barrier for other backends.

This new flag gets used by autovacuum to discard more aggressively
orphaned tables by additionally checking for the database a backend is
connected to as well as its temporary namespace in-use, removing
orphaned temporary relations even if a backend reuses the same slot as
one which created temporary relations in a past session.

The base idea of this patch comes from Robert Haas, has been written in
its first version by Tsunakawa Takayuki, then heavily reviewed by me.

Author: Tsunakawa Takayuki
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0A3221C70F24FB45833433255569204D1F8A4DC6@G01JPEXMBYT05
Backpatch: 11-, as PGPROC gains a new flag and we don't want silent ABI
breakages on already released versions.
2018-08-13 11:49:04 +02:00
Peter Geoghegan
b3f919da07 Add table relcache invalidation to index builds.
It's necessary to make sure that owning tables have a relcache
invalidation prior to advancing the command counter to make
newly-entered catalog tuples for the index visible.  inval.c must be
able to maintain the consistency of the local caches in the event of
transaction abort.  There is usually only a problem when CREATE INDEX
transactions abort, since there is a generic invalidation once we reach
index_update_stats().

This bug is of long standing.  Problems were made much more likely by
the addition of parallel CREATE INDEX (commit 9da0cc3528), but it is
strongly suspected that similar problems can be triggered without
involving plan_create_index_workers().  (plan_create_index_workers()
triggers a relcache build or rebuild, which previously only happened in
rare edge cases.)

Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reported-By: Luca Ferrari
Diagnosed-By: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKoxK+5fVodiCtMsXKV_1YAKXbzwSfp7DgDqUmcUAzeAhf=HEQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 9.3-
2018-08-03 15:11:31 -07:00
Michael Paquier
96cdeae07f Add toast tables to most system catalogs
It has been project policy to create toast tables only for those catalogs
that might reasonably need one.  Since this judgment call can change over
time, just create one for every catalog, as this can be useful when
creating rather-long entries in catalogs, with recent examples being in
the shape of policy expressions or customly-formatted SCRAM verifiers.

To prevent circular dependencies and to avoid adding complexity to VACUUM
FULL logic, exclude pg_class, pg_attribute, and pg_index.  Also, to
prevent pg_upgrade from seeing a non-empty new cluster, exclude
pg_largeobject and pg_largeobject_metadata from the set as large object
data is handled as user data.  Those relations have no reason to use a
toast table anyway.

Author: Joe Conway, John Naylor
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/84ddff04-f122-784b-b6c5-3536804495f8@joeconway.com
2018-07-20 07:43:41 +09:00
Michael Paquier
ce89ad0fa0 Fix argument of pg_create_logical_replication_slot for slot name
All attributes and arguments using a slot name map to the data type
"name", but this function has been using "text".  This is cosmetic, as
even if text is used then the slot name would be truncated to 64
characters anyway and stored as such.  The documentation already said
so and the function already assumed that the argument was of this type
when fetching its value.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Sawada Masahiko
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoADYz_-eAqH5AVFaCaojcRgwpo9PW=u8kgTMys63oB8Cw@mail.gmail.com
2018-07-13 09:32:12 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
cd073d8f70 Fix FK checks of TRUNCATE involving partitioned tables
When truncating a table that is referenced by foreign keys in
partitioned tables, the check to ensure the referencing table are also
truncated spuriously failed.  This is because it was relying on
relhastriggers as a proxy for the table having FKs, and that's wrong for
partitioned tables.  Fix it to consider such tables separately.  There
may be a better way ... but this code is pretty inefficient already.

Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquiër <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180711000624.zmeizicibxeehhsg@alvherre.pgsql
2018-07-12 12:09:08 -04:00
Michael Paquier
677da8c15d Use access() to check file existence in GetNewRelFileNode()
Previous code used BasicOpenFile() and close() just to check for a file
collision, while there is no need to hold open a file descriptor but
that's an overkill here.

Author: Paul Guo
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABQrizcUtiHaquxK=d4etBX8GF9kbZB50Nt1gO9_aN-e9SptyQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-07-08 18:53:20 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
040da42367 Enable failure to rename a partitioned index
Concurrently with partitioned index development (commit 8b08f7d482),
the code to handle failure to rename indexes was refactored (commit
8b9e9644dc).  Turns out that that particular case was untested, which
naturally led it to be broken.  Add tests and the missing code line.

Co-authored-by: David Rowley <dgrowley@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reported-by: Rajkumar Raghuwanshi <rajkumar.raghuwanshi@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6mfYMS3OX0ywjOiWiGSEKhJf-1zdeTceHFbd0mScUzU5A@mail.gmail.com
2018-06-26 11:54:45 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan
2448adf29c Allow for pg_upgrade of attributes with missing values
Commit 16828d5c02 neglected to do this, so upgraded databases would
silently get null instead of the specified default in rows without the
attribute defined.

A new binary upgrade function is provided to perform this and pg_dump is
adjusted to output a call to the function if required in binary upgrade
mode.

Also included is code to drop missing attribute values for dropped
columns. That way if the type is later dropped the missing value won't
have a dangling reference to the type.

Finally the regression tests are adjusted to ensure that there is a row
with a missing value so that this code is exercised in upgrade testing.

Catalog version unfortunately bumped.

Regression test changes from Tom Lane.
Remainder from me, reviewed by Tom Lane, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19987.1529420110@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-06-22 08:42:36 -04:00
Tom Lane
45e98ee730 Remove obsolete prohibition on function name matching a column name.
ProcedureCreate formerly threw an error if the function to be created
has one argument of composite type and the function name matches some
column of the composite type.  This was a (very non-bulletproof) defense
against creating situations where f(x) and x.f are ambiguous.  But we
don't really need such a defense in the wake of commit b97a3465d, which
allows us to deal with such situations fairly cleanly.  This behavior
also created a dump-and-reload hazard, since a function might be
rejected if a conflicting column name had been added to the input
composite type later.  Hence, let's just drop the check.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOW5sYa3Wp7KozCuzjOdw6PiOYPi6D=VvRybtH2S=2C0SVmRmA@mail.gmail.com
2018-06-18 11:57:33 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
3f85c62d9e Fix spurious non-ASCII bytes 2018-06-04 16:17:34 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan
3a7cc727c7 Don't fall off the end of perl functions
This complies with the perlcritic policy
Subroutines::RequireFinalReturn, which is a severity 4 policy. Since we
only currently check at severity level 5, the policy is raised to that
level until we move to level 4 or lower, so that any new infringements
will be caught.

A small cosmetic piece of tidying of the pgperlcritic script is
included.

Mike Blackwell

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAESHdJpfFm_9wQnQ3koY3c91FoRQsO-fh02za9R3OEMndOn84A@mail.gmail.com
2018-05-27 09:08:42 -04:00
Tom Lane
b86b7bfa3e Improve English wording of some other getObjectDescription() messages.
Print columns as "column C of <relation>" rather than "<relation> column
C".  This seems to read noticeably better in English, as evidenced by the
regression test output changes, and the code change also makes it possible
for translators to adjust the phrase order in other languages.

Also change the output for OCLASS_DEFAULT from "default for %s" to
"default value for %s".  This seems to read better and is also more
consistent with the output of, for instance, getObjectTypeDescription().

Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 14:01:10 -04:00
Tom Lane
7c89eb750d Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages.
Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has
more control over phrase order in the translated messages.  This doesn't
cause any changes in the English results.  (I was sorely tempted to
reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s
belonging to role %s", but refrained.)

In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not
complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash
the translatable strings in back branches.

Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 13:20:16 -04:00
Tom Lane
1a31baf61e Fix objectaddress.c code for publication relations.
getObjectDescription and getObjectIdentity failed to schema-qualify
the name of the published table, which is bad in getObjectDescription and
unforgivable in getObjectIdentity.  Actually, getObjectIdentity failed to
emit the table's name at all unless "objname" output is requested, which
accidentally works for some (all?) extant callers but is clearly not the
intended API.  Somebody had also not gotten the memo that the output of
getObjectIdentity is not to be translated.

To fix getObjectDescription, I made it call getRelationDescription, which
required refactoring the translatable string for the case, but is more
future-proof in case we ever publish relations that aren't plain tables.
While at it, I made the English output look like "publication of table X
in publication Y"; the added "of" seems to me to make it read much better.

Back-patch to v10 where publications were introduced.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 12:38:55 -04:00
Tom Lane
056f52d9c3 Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription().
Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10),
and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names.
getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of
the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading
output.  Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible"
in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable
object types.

Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me
(tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so.

Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 12:07:41 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
4f72ca14de Update SQL features list 2018-05-21 15:29:22 -04:00
Tom Lane
e7a808f947 Assorted minor cleanups for bootstrap-data Perl scripts.
FindDefinedSymbol was intended to take an array of possible include
paths, but it never actually worked correctly for any but the first
array element.  Since there's no use-case for more than one path
anyway, let's just simplify this code and its callers by redefining
it as taking only one include path.

Minor other code-beautification without functional effects, except
that in one place we format the output as pgindent would do.

John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGXM_n32hTTkircW4_K1LQFsJNb6xjs0pAP4QC0ZpyJfPQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-05-19 16:04:47 -04:00
Tom Lane
05ca21b878 Fix type checking for support functions of parallel VARIADIC aggregates.
The impact of VARIADIC on the combine/serialize/deserialize support
functions of an aggregate wasn't thought through carefully.  There is
actually no impact, because variadicity isn't passed through to these
functions (and it doesn't seem like it would need to be).  However,
lookup_agg_function was mistakenly told to check things as though it were
passed through.  The net result was that it was impossible to declare an
aggregate that had both VARIADIC input and parallelism support functions.

In passing, fix a runtime check in nodeAgg.c for the combine function's
strictness to make its error message agree with the creation-time check.
The previous message was actually backwards, and it doesn't seem like
there's a good reason to have two versions of this message text anyway.

Back-patch to 9.6 where parallel aggregation was introduced.

Alexey Bashtanov; message fix by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f86dde87-fef4-71eb-0480-62754aaca01b@imap.cc
2018-05-15 15:06:53 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan
35361ee788 Restrict vertical tightness to parentheses in Perl code
The vertical tightness settings collapse vertical whitespace between
opening and closing brackets (parentheses, square brakets and braces).
This can make data structures in particular harder to read, and is not
very consistent with our style in non-Perl code. This patch restricts
that setting to parentheses only, and reformats all the perl code
accordingly. Not applying this to parentheses has some unfortunate
effects, so the consensus is to keep the setting for parentheses and not
for the others.

The diff for this patch does highlight some places where structures
should have trailing commas. They can be added manually, as there is no
automatic tool to do so.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a2f2b87c-56be-c070-bfc0-36288b4b41c1@2ndQuadrant.com
2018-05-09 10:14:46 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan
286bb240e1 perltidy some recent code changes before changing perltidy settings 2018-05-09 10:05:35 -04:00
Tom Lane
3a675f729e Count heap tuples in non-SnapshotAny path in IndexBuildHeapRangeScan().
Brown-paper-bag bug in commit 7c91a0364: when we rearranged the placement
of "reltuples += 1" statements, we missed including one in this code path.

The net effect of that was that CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY would set the
table's pg_class.reltuples to zero, as would index builds done during
bootstrap mode.  (It seems like parallel index builds ought to fail
similarly, but they don't, perhaps because reltuples is computed in some
other way.  You certainly couldn't figure that out from the abysmally
underdocumented parallelism code in this area.)

I was led to this by wondering why initdb seemed to have slowed down as
a result of 7c91a0364, as is evident in the buildfarm's timing history.
The reason is that every system catalog with indexes had pg_class.reltuples
= 0 after bootstrap, causing the planner to make some terrible choices for
queries in the post-bootstrap steps.  On my workstation, this fix causes
the runtime of "initdb -N" to drop from ~2.0 sec to ~1.4 sec, which is
almost though not quite back to where it was in v10.  That's not much of
a deal for production use perhaps, but it makes a noticeable difference
for buildfarm and "make check-world" runs, which do a lot of initdbs.
2018-05-08 00:20:19 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan
d2c1512ac4 Clean up some perlcritic warnings
In Catalog.pm, mark eval of a string instead of a block as allowed.
Disallow perlcritic completely in Gen_dummy_probes.pl, as it's
generated code.
Protect a couple of lines in plperl code from  perltidy, so that the
annotation for perlcritic stays on the same line as the construct it
would otherwise object to.
2018-05-07 15:35:32 -04:00
Tom Lane
59cb323053 Fix precedence problem in new Perl code.
I think this bit of commit 1f1cd9b5d didn't do quite what I meant :-(
2018-05-04 09:46:35 -04:00
Tom Lane
1f1cd9b5dd Avoid overwriting unchanged output files in genbki.pl and Gen_fmgrtab.pl.
If a particular output file already exists with the contents it should
have, leave it alone, so that its mod timestamp is not advanced.

In builds using --enable-depend, this can avoid the need to recompile .c
files whose included files didn't actually change.  It's not clear whether
it saves much of anything for users of ccache; but the cost of doing the
file comparisons seems to be negligible, so we might as well do it.

For developers using the MSVC toolchain, this will create a regression:
msvc/Solution.pm will sometimes run genbki.pl or Gen_fmgrtab.pl
unnecessarily.  I'll look into fixing that separately.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16925.1525376229@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-05-03 18:06:45 -04:00
Tom Lane
9bf28f96c7 Rearrange makefile rules for running Gen_fmgrtab.pl.
Make these rules look more like the ones associated with genbki.pl,
to wit:

* Use a stamp file to record when we last ran the script, instead of
relying on the timestamps of the individual output files.

* Take the knowledge out of backend/Makefile and put it in utils/Makefile
where it belongs.  I moved down the handling of errcodes.h and probes.h
too, although those continue to be built by separate processes.

In itself, this is just much-needed cleanup with little practical effect.
However, by decoupling these makefile rules from the timestamps of the
generated header files, we open the door to not advancing those timestamps
unnecessarily, which will be taken advantage of by the next commit.

msvc/Solution.pm should be taught to do things similarly, but I'll leave
that for another commit.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16925.1525376229@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-05-03 17:54:18 -04:00
Tom Lane
41c912cad1 Clean up warnings from -Wimplicit-fallthrough.
Recent gcc can warn about switch-case fall throughs that are not
explicitly labeled as intentional.  This seems like a good thing,
so clean up the warnings exposed thereby by labeling all such
cases with comments that gcc will recognize.

In files that already had one or more suitable comments, I generally
matched the existing style of those.  Otherwise I went with
/* FALLTHROUGH */, which is one of the spellings approved at the
more-restrictive-than-default level -Wimplicit-fallthrough=4.
(At the default level you can also spell it /* FALL ?THRU */,
and it's not picky about case.  What you can't do is include
additional text in the same comment, so some existing comments
containing versions of this aren't good enough.)

Testing with gcc 8.0.1 (Fedora 28's current version), I found that
I also had to put explicit "break"s after elog(ERROR) or ereport(ERROR);
apparently, for this purpose gcc doesn't recognize that those don't
return.  That seems like possibly a gcc bug, but it's fine because
in most places we did that anyway; so this amounts to a visit from the
style police.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15083.1525207729@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-05-01 19:35:08 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
c5679256e9 Write error messages about duplicate OIDs to stderr 2018-04-30 14:18:46 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
33a1c2145c Remove "Generating" output from catalog scripts
So by default, they don't output anything if everything is well.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/867f8a1a-6cf0-d835-78d8-0844e4936241%402ndquadrant.com
2018-04-30 14:18:07 -04:00
Tom Lane
45c6d75f8c Clarify handling of special-case values in bootstrap catalog data.
I (tgl) originally coded the special case for pg_proc.pronargs as
though it were a kind of default value.  It seems better though to
treat computable columns as an independent concern: this makes the
code clearer, and probably a bit faster too since we needn't do
work inside the per-column loop.

Improve related comments, as well, in the expectation that there
might be more cases like this in future.

John Naylor, some additional comment-hacking by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGW-D7OobzU=dybVT2JqZAx-4X1yvBJdavBmqQL05Q6CLw@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-28 15:27:16 -04:00
Tom Lane
bdf46af748 Post-feature-freeze pgindent run.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 14:47:16 -04:00
Tom Lane
a0854f1072 Avoid parsing catalog data twice during BKI file construction.
In the wake of commit 5602265f7, we were doing duplicate-OID detection
quite inefficiently, by invoking duplicate_oids which does all the same
parsing of catalog headers and .dat files as genbki.pl does.  That adds
under half a second on modern machines, but quite a bit more on slow
buildfarm critters, so it seems worth avoiding.  Let's just extend
genbki.pl a little so it can also detect duplicate OIDs, and remove
the duplicate_oids call from the build process.

(This also means that duplicate OID detection will happen during
Windows builds, which AFAICS it didn't before.)

This makes the use-case for duplicate_oids a bit dubious, but it's
possible that people will still want to run that check without doing
a whole build run, so let's keep that script.

In passing, move down genbki.pl's creation of its temp output files
so that it doesn't happen until after we've done parsing and validation
of the input.  This avoids leaving a lot of clutter around after a
failure.

John Naylor and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/37D774E4-FE1F-437E-B3D2-593F314B7505@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-26 13:22:27 -04:00
Tom Lane
5602265f77 Convert unused_oids and duplicate_oids to use Catalog.pm infrastructure.
unused_oids was previously a shell script, which of course didn't work at
all on Windows.  Also, commit 372728b0d introduced some other portability
problems, as complained of by Stas Kelvich.  We can improve matters by
converting it to Perl.

While we're at it, let's future-proof both this script and duplicate_oids
to use Catalog.pm rather than having a bunch of ad-hoc logic for parsing
catalog headers and .dat files.  These scripts are thereby a bit slower,
which doesn't seem like a problem for typical manual use.  It is a little
annoying for buildfarm purposes, but we should be able to fix that case
by having genbki.pl make the check instead of parsing the headers twice.
(That's not done in this commit, though.)

Stas Kelvich, adjusted a bit by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/37D774E4-FE1F-437E-B3D2-593F314B7505@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-25 16:01:58 -04:00
Tom Lane
1eb3a09e93 Make Catalog.pm's representation of toast and index decls more abstract.
Instead of immediately constructing the string we need to emit into the
.BKI file, preserve the items we extracted from the header file in a hash.
This eases using the info for other purposes.

John Naylor (with cosmetic adjustments by me)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/37D774E4-FE1F-437E-B3D2-593F314B7505@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-25 16:01:58 -04:00
Tom Lane
f04d4ac919 Reindent Perl files with perltidy version 20170521.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABUevEzK3cNiHZQ18f5tK0guoT+cN_jWeVzhYYxY=r+1Q3SmoA@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-25 14:00:19 -04:00
Stephen Frost
a0fefbcb71 Fix a couple minor typos
In commit f0e4475, GetIndexOpClass was renamed to ResolveOpClass, but
the comment in typecmds.c didn't get the memo.

In objectaddress.c, missing 'of' in a comment.

Both noticed by Vik Fearing, patch is mine though.
2018-04-20 19:04:54 -04:00
Tom Lane
68c23cba34 Improve consistency of comments in system catalog headers.
Use the term "system catalog" rather than "system relation" in assorted
places where it's clearly referring to a table rather than, say, an
index.  Use more natural word order in the header boilerplate, improve
some of the one-liner catalog descriptions, and fix assorted random
deviations from the normal boilerplate.  All purely neatnik-ism, but
why not.

John Naylor, some additional cleanup by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGUeJmFB3h-NJ18P32NPa+kzC165nm7GSoGHfPaN80Wxcw@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-19 17:14:09 -04:00
Tom Lane
5372c2c841 Improve error detection/reporting in Catalog.pm and genbki.pl.
Clean up error messages relating to mistakes in .dat files: make sure they
provide the .dat file name and line number, not the place in the Perl
script that's reporting the problem.  Adopt more uniform message phrasing,
too.

Make genbki.pl spit up on unrecognized field names in the input hashes.
Previously, it just silently ignored such fields, which could make a
misspelled field name into a very hard-to-decipher problem.  (This is in
genbki.pl, *not* Catalog.pm, because we don't want reformat_dat_file.pl to
complain about unrecognized fields.  We'd rather it silently dropped them,
to facilitate removing unwanted fields after a reorganization.)
2018-04-18 18:17:02 -04:00
Tom Lane
55d26ff638 Rationalize handling of single and double quotes in bootstrap data.
Change things around so that proper quoting of values interpolated into
the BKI data by initdb is the responsibility of initdb, not something
we half-heartedly handle by putting double quotes into the raw BKI data.
(Note: experimentation shows that it still doesn't work to put a double
quote into the initial superuser username, but that's the fault of
inadequate quoting while interpolating the name into SQL scripts;
the BKI aspect of it works fine now.)

Having done that, we can remove the special-case handling of values
that look like "something" from genbki.pl, and instead teach it to
escape double --- and single --- quotes properly.  This removes the
nowhere-documented need to treat those specially in the BKI source
data; whatever you write will be passed through unchanged into the
inserted data value, modulo Perl's rules about single-quoted strings.

Add documentation explaining the (pre-existing) handling of backslashes
in the BKI data.

Per an earlier discussion with John Naylor.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGUNao=-Q2-vAN3PYcdF5tnL5JAHwGwzZGuYHtq+Mk_9ng@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-17 19:53:50 -04:00
Tom Lane
9ffcccdb95 Rationalize handling of array type names in bootstrap data.
Formerly, Catalog.pm turned a C array type declaration in the catalog
header files into a SQL type, e.g., 'foo[]'.  Along the way, genbki.pl
turned this into '_foo' for the purpose of type lookups, but wrote 'foo[]'
to postgres.bki.  During bootstrap, bootscanner.l had to have a special
case rule to tokenize this, and then MapArrayTypeName() would turn 'foo[]'
into '_foo' one more time.

This seems unnecessarily complicated, especially since nobody cares that
much about the readability of postgres.bki.  Instead, make Catalog.pm
convert the C declaration into '_foo' to start with, and preserve that
representation of the type name throughout bootstrap data processing.
Then rip out the special-case code in bootscanner.l and bootstrap.c.

This changes postgres.bki to the extent that array fields are now
declared like
  proconfig = _text ,
rather than
  proconfig = text[] ,

No documentation update, since the SGML docs didn't mention any of this
in the first place, and it's all pretty transparent to writers of
catalog header files anyway.

John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGUNao=-Q2-vAN3PYcdF5tnL5JAHwGwzZGuYHtq+Mk_9ng@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-17 18:29:11 -04:00
Tom Lane
e90d4ddc63 Simplify genbki.pl's data quoting rules.
During the bootstrap data format conversion, it seemed important for
verifiability's sake that the generated postgres.bki file stayed the same
as before.  That resulted in adding a bunch of ad-hoc rules about when to
quote emitted data values, to match previous manual decisions that had
often quoted values unnecessarily.  Now that the conversion is complete,
it seems fine to remove all those ad-hoc rules.  The net actual effect on
the current contents of postgres.bki is that some fields that had been
quoted despite containing only digits or only "-" lose their unnecessary
quotes.

Also, now that genbki.pl will always quote values containing a backslash,
there's no need for bootscanner.l to allow unquoted octal escapes;
so simplify its production for "id" by removing that possibility.

John Naylor, slightly modified by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGUNao=-Q2-vAN3PYcdF5tnL5JAHwGwzZGuYHtq+Mk_9ng@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-17 18:10:16 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
da6f3e45dd Reorganize partitioning code
There's been a massive addition of partitioning code in PostgreSQL 11,
with little oversight on its placement, resulting in a
catalog/partition.c with poorly defined boundaries and responsibilities.
This commit tries to set a couple of distinct modules to separate things
a little bit.  There are no code changes here, only code movement.

There are three new files:
  src/backend/utils/cache/partcache.c
  src/include/partitioning/partdefs.h
  src/include/utils/partcache.h

The previous arrangement of #including catalog/partition.h almost
everywhere is no more.

Authors: Amit Langote and Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/98e8d509-790a-128c-be7f-e48a5b2d8d97@lab.ntt.co.jp
	https://postgr.es/m/11aa0c50-316b-18bb-722d-c23814f39059@lab.ntt.co.jp
	https://postgr.es/m/143ed9a4-6038-76d4-9a55-502035815e68@lab.ntt.co.jp
	https://postgr.es/m/20180413193503.nynq7bnmgh6vs5vm@alvherre.pgsql
2018-04-14 21:12:14 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
181ccbb5e4 Add comment about default partition in check_new_partition_bound
The intention of the test is not immediately obvious, so we need this
much.
2018-04-12 16:52:29 -03:00
Teodor Sigaev
c266ed31a8 Cleanup covering infrastructure
- Explicitly forbids opclass, collation and indoptions (like DESC/ASC etc) for
  including columns. Throw an error if user points that.
- Truncated storage arrays for such attributes to store only key atrributes,
  added assertion checks.
- Do not check opfamily and collation for including columns in
  CompareIndexInfo()

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/5ee72852-3c4e-ee35-e2ed-c1d053d45c08@sigaev.ru
2018-04-12 16:37:22 +03:00
Simon Riggs
08ea7a2291 Revert MERGE patch
This reverts commits d204ef6377,
83454e3c2b and a few more commits thereafter
(complete list at the end) related to MERGE feature.

While the feature was fully functional, with sufficient test coverage and
necessary documentation, it was felt that some parts of the executor and
parse-analyzer can use a different design and it wasn't possible to do that in
the available time. So it was decided to revert the patch for PG11 and retry
again in the future.

Thanks again to all reviewers and bug reporters.

List of commits reverted, in reverse chronological order:

 f1464c5380 Improve parse representation for MERGE
 ddb4158579 MERGE syntax diagram correction
 530e69e59b Allow cpluspluscheck to pass by renaming variable
 01b88b4df5 MERGE minor errata
 3af7b2b0d4 MERGE fix variable warning in non-assert builds
 a5d86181ec MERGE INSERT allows only one VALUES clause
 4b2d44031f MERGE post-commit review
 4923550c20 Tab completion for MERGE
 aa3faa3c7a WITH support in MERGE
 83454e3c2b New files for MERGE
 d204ef6377 MERGE SQL Command following SQL:2016

Author: Pavan Deolasee
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
2018-04-12 11:22:56 +01:00
Teodor Sigaev
c9c875a28f Rename IndexInfo.ii_KeyAttrNumbers array
Rename ii_KeyAttrNumbers to ii_IndexAttrNumbers to prevent confusion with
ii_NumIndexAttrs/ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs. ii_IndexAttrNumbers contains
all attributes including "including" columns, not only key attribute.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/13123421-1d52-d0e4-c95c-6d69011e0595%40sigaev.ru
2018-04-12 13:02:45 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera
9e9befac4a Set relispartition correctly for index partitions
Oversight in commit 8b08f7d482: pg_class.relispartition was not
being set for index partitions, which is a bit odd, and was also causing
the code to unnecessarily call has_superclass() when simply checking the
flag was enough.

Author: Álvaro Herrera
Reported-by: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12085bc4-0bc6-0f3a-4c43-57fe0681772b@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-04-11 21:27:12 -03:00
Tom Lane
0408e1ed59 Do not select new object OIDs that match recently-dead entries.
When selecting a new OID, we take care to avoid picking one that's already
in use in the target table, so as not to create duplicates after the OID
counter has wrapped around.  However, up to now we used SnapshotDirty when
scanning for pre-existing entries.  That ignores committed-dead rows, so
that we could select an OID matching a deleted-but-not-yet-vacuumed row.
While that mostly worked, it has two problems:

* If recently deleted, the dead row might still be visible to MVCC
snapshots, creating a risk for duplicate OIDs when examining the catalogs
within our own transaction.  Such duplication couldn't be visible outside
the object-creating transaction, though, and we've heard few if any field
reports corresponding to such a symptom.

* When selecting a TOAST OID, deleted toast rows definitely *are* visible
to SnapshotToast, and will remain so until vacuumed away.  This leads to
a conflict that will manifest in errors like "unexpected chunk number 0
(expected 1) for toast value nnnnn".  We've been seeing reports of such
errors from the field for years, but the cause was unclear before.

The fix is simple: just use SnapshotAny to search for conflicting rows.
This results in a slightly longer window before object OIDs can be
recycled, but that seems unlikely to create any large problems.

Pavan Deolasee

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABOikdOgWT2hHkYG3Wwo2cyZJq2zfs1FH0FgX-=h4OLosXHf9w@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-11 17:41:22 -04:00
Tom Lane
a65e17bd6f Reduce chattiness of genbki.pl and Gen_fmgrtab.pl.
Make these scripts emit just one log message when they run, not one
per output file.  The latter is way too verbose in the wake of
commit 372728b0d.  The specific wording used is what already existed
in the MSVC scripts.

John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11103.1523208822@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-09 15:01:10 -04:00
Tom Lane
af1a949109 Further cleanup of client dependencies on src/include/catalog headers.
In commit 9c0a0de4c, I'd failed to notice that catalog/catalog.h
should also be considered a frontend-unsafe header, because it includes
(and needs) the full form of pg_class.h, not to mention relcache.h.
However, various frontend code was depending on it to get
TABLESPACE_VERSION_DIRECTORY, so refactoring of some sort is called for.

The cleanest answer seems to be to move TABLESPACE_VERSION_DIRECTORY,
as well as the OIDCHARS symbol, to common/relpath.h.  Do that, and mop up
inclusions as necessary.  (I found that quite a few current users of
catalog/catalog.h don't seem to need it at all anymore, apparently as a
result of the refactorings that created common/relpath.[hc].  And
initdb.c needed it only as a route to pg_class_d.h.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6629.1523294509@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-09 14:39:58 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
a228cc13ae Revert "Allow on-line enabling and disabling of data checksums"
This reverts the backend sides of commit 1fde38beaa.
I have, at least for now, left the pg_verify_checksums tool in place, as
this tool can be very valuable without the rest of the patch as well,
and since it's a read-only tool that only runs when the cluster is down
it should be a lot safer.
2018-04-09 19:03:42 +02:00
Tom Lane
cefa387153 Merge catalog/pg_foo_fn.h headers back into pg_foo.h headers.
Traditionally, include/catalog/pg_foo.h contains extern declarations
for functions in backend/catalog/pg_foo.c, in addition to its function
as the authoritative definition of the pg_foo catalog's rowtype.
In some cases, we'd been forced to split out those extern declarations
into separate pg_foo_fn.h headers so that the catalog definitions
could be #include'd by frontend code.  That problem is gone as of
commit 9c0a0de4c, so let's undo the splits to make things less
confusing.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/23690.1523031777@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-08 14:35:29 -04:00
Tom Lane
372728b0d4 Replace our traditional initial-catalog-data format with a better design.
Historically, the initial catalog data to be installed during bootstrap
has been written in DATA() lines in the catalog header files.  This had
lots of disadvantages: the format was badly underdocumented, it was
very difficult to edit the data in any mechanized way, and due to the
lack of any abstraction the data was verbose, hard to read/understand,
and easy to get wrong.

Hence, move this data into separate ".dat" files and represent it in a way
that can easily be read and rewritten by Perl scripts.  The new format is
essentially "key => value" for each column; while it's a bit repetitive,
explicit labeling of each value makes the data far more readable and less
error-prone.  Provide a way to abbreviate entries by omitting field values
that match a specified default value for their column.  This allows removal
of a large amount of repetitive boilerplate and also lowers the barrier to
adding new columns.

Also teach genbki.pl how to translate symbolic OID references into
numeric OIDs for more cases than just "regproc"-like pg_proc references.
It can now do that for regprocedure-like references (thus solving the
problem that regproc is ambiguous for overloaded functions), operators,
types, opfamilies, opclasses, and access methods.  Use this to turn
nearly all OID cross-references in the initial data into symbolic form.
This represents a very large step forward in readability and error
resistance of the initial catalog data.  It should also reduce the
difficulty of renumbering OID assignments in uncommitted patches.

Also, solve the longstanding problem that frontend code that would like to
use OID macros and other information from the catalog headers often had
difficulty with backend-only code in the headers.  To do this, arrange for
all generated macros, plus such other declarations as we deem fit, to be
placed in "derived" header files that are safe for frontend inclusion.
(Once clients migrate to using these pg_*_d.h headers, it will be possible
to get rid of the pg_*_fn.h headers, which only exist to quarantine code
away from clients.  That is left for follow-on patches, however.)

The now-automatically-generated macros include the Anum_xxx and Natts_xxx
constants that we used to have to update by hand when adding or removing
catalog columns.

Replace the former manual method of generating OID macros for pg_type
entries with an automatic method, ensuring that all built-in types have
OID macros.  (But note that this patch does not change the way that
OID macros for pg_proc entries are built and used.  It's not clear that
making that match the other catalogs would be worth extra code churn.)

Add SGML documentation explaining what the new data format is and how to
work with it.

Despite being a very large change in the catalog headers, there is no
catversion bump here, because postgres.bki and related output files
haven't changed at all.

John Naylor, based on ideas from various people; review and minor
additional coding by me; previous review by Alvaro Herrera

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGWO48JbbwXkJz_yBFyGYW-M9YWxnPdxJBUosDC9ou_F0Q@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-08 13:17:27 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev
8224de4f42 Indexes with INCLUDE columns and their support in B-tree
This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition.  This clause
specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in
the index.  The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to
benefit from index-only scans.  Also, such columns don't need to have
appropriate operator classes.  Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE
columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans.

Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag
in IndexAmRoutine.  For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause.

In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples
(tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys).  Therefore, B-tree indexes
now might have variable number of attributes.  This patch also provides
generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their
attributes in t_tid.ip_posid.  Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating
that.  This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation.
The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special
handling of B-tree indexes for that.

Bump catalog version

Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me
Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes,
			 David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-07 23:00:39 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
039eb6e92f Logical replication support for TRUNCATE
Update the built-in logical replication system to make use of the
previously added logical decoding for TRUNCATE support.  Add the
required truncate callback to pgoutput and a new logical replication
protocol message.

Publications get a new attribute to determine whether to replicate
truncate actions.  When updating a publication via pg_dump from an older
version, this is not set, thus preserving the previous behavior.

Author: Simon Riggs <simon@2ndquadrant.com>
Author: Marco Nenciarini <marco.nenciarini@2ndquadrant.it>
Author: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
2018-04-07 11:34:11 -04:00
Robert Haas
47cb9ca49a Fix possible failure in parallel index build.
Report and proposed fix by David Rowley, put in patch form by
Peter Geoghegan.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f91kq1wfYR8rnRRfKtxyhU2woEA+=whd640UxMyU+O0EQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-06 19:28:48 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
9fdb675fc5 Faster partition pruning
Add a new module backend/partitioning/partprune.c, implementing a more
sophisticated algorithm for partition pruning.  The new module uses each
partition's "boundinfo" for pruning instead of constraint exclusion,
based on an idea proposed by Robert Haas of a "pruning program": a list
of steps generated from the query quals which are run iteratively to
obtain a list of partitions that must be scanned in order to satisfy
those quals.

At present, this targets planner-time partition pruning, but there exist
further patches to apply partition pruning at execution time as well.

This commit also moves some definitions from include/catalog/partition.h
to a new file include/partitioning/partbounds.h, in an attempt to
rationalize partitioning related code.

Authors: Amit Langote, David Rowley, Dilip Kumar
Reviewers: Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Ashutosh Bapat, Jesper Pedersen.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/098b9c71-1915-1a2a-8d52-1a7a50ce79e8@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-04-06 16:44:05 -03:00
Stephen Frost
e79350fef2 Remove explicit superuser checks in favor of ACLs
This removes the explicit superuser checks in the various file-access
functions in the backend, specifically pg_ls_dir(), pg_read_file(),
pg_read_binary_file(), and pg_stat_file().  Instead, EXECUTE is REVOKE'd
from public for these, meaning that only a superuser is able to run them
by default, but access to them can be GRANT'd to other roles.

Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171231191939.GR2416%40tamriel.snowman.net
2018-04-06 14:47:10 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
bbca77623f Rename MemoryContextCopySetIdentifier() for clarity
MemoryContextCopySetIdentifier -> MemoryContextCopyAndSetIdentifier

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/6421.1522194949@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-06 12:37:54 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
bcf79b5bb6 Split the SetSubscriptionRelState function into two
We don't actually need the insert-or-update logic, so it's clearer to
have separate functions for the inserting and updating.

Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
2018-04-06 10:00:26 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
1fde38beaa Allow on-line enabling and disabling of data checksums
This makes it possible to turn checksums on in a live cluster, without
the previous need for dump/reload or logical replication (and to turn it
off).

Enabling checkusm starts a background process in the form of a
launcher/worker combination that goes through the entire database and
recalculates checksums on each and every page. Only when all pages have
been checksummed are they fully enabled in the cluster. Any failure of
the process will revert to checksums off and the process has to be
started.

This adds a new WAL record that indicates the state of checksums, so
the process works across replicated clusters.

Authors: Magnus Hagander and Daniel Gustafsson
Review: Tomas Vondra, Michael Banck, Heikki Linnakangas, Andrey Borodin
2018-04-05 22:04:48 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
3de241dba8 Foreign keys on partitioned tables
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171231194359.cvojcour423ulha4@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
2018-04-04 14:02:49 -03:00
Simon Riggs
d204ef6377 MERGE SQL Command following SQL:2016
MERGE performs actions that modify rows in the target table
using a source table or query. MERGE provides a single SQL
statement that can conditionally INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE rows
a task that would other require multiple PL statements.
e.g.

MERGE INTO target AS t
USING source AS s
ON t.tid = s.sid
WHEN MATCHED AND t.balance > s.delta THEN
  UPDATE SET balance = t.balance - s.delta
WHEN MATCHED THEN
  DELETE
WHEN NOT MATCHED AND s.delta > 0 THEN
  INSERT VALUES (s.sid, s.delta)
WHEN NOT MATCHED THEN
  DO NOTHING;

MERGE works with regular and partitioned tables, including
column and row security enforcement, as well as support for
row, statement and transition triggers.

MERGE is optimized for OLTP and is parameterizable, though
also useful for large scale ETL/ELT. MERGE is not intended
to be used in preference to existing single SQL commands
for INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE since there is some overhead.
MERGE can be used statically from PL/pgSQL.

MERGE does not yet support inheritance, write rules,
RETURNING clauses, updatable views or foreign tables.
MERGE follows SQL Standard per the most recent SQL:2016.

Includes full tests and documentation, including full
isolation tests to demonstrate the concurrent behavior.

This version written from scratch in 2017 by Simon Riggs,
using docs and tests originally written in 2009. Later work
from Pavan Deolasee has been both complex and deep, leaving
the lead author credit now in his hands.
Extensive discussion of concurrency from Peter Geoghegan,
with thanks for the time and effort contributed.

Various issues reported via sqlsmith by Andreas Seltenreich

Authors: Pavan Deolasee, Simon Riggs
Reviewer: Peter Geoghegan, Amit Langote, Tomas Vondra, Simon Riggs

Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CANP8+jKitBSrB7oTgT9CY2i1ObfOt36z0XMraQc+Xrz8QB0nXA@mail.gmail.com
https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkJdBuxj9PO=2QaO9-3h3xGbQPZ34kJH=HukRekwM-GZg@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-03 09:28:16 +01:00
Simon Riggs
7cf8a5c302 Revert "Modified files for MERGE"
This reverts commit 354f13855e.
2018-04-02 21:34:15 +01:00
Simon Riggs
354f13855e Modified files for MERGE 2018-04-02 21:12:47 +01:00
Andres Freund
3e256e5506 Add SKIP_LOCKED option to RangeVarGetRelidExtended().
This will be used for VACUUM (SKIP LOCKED).

Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180306005349.b65whmvj7z6hbe2y@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-03-30 17:05:16 -07:00
Andres Freund
d87510a524 Combine options for RangeVarGetRelidExtended() into a flags argument.
A followup patch will add a SKIP_LOCKED option. To avoid introducing
evermore arguments, breaking existing callers each time, introduce a
flags argument. This'll no doubt break a few external users...

Also change the MISSING_OK behaviour so a DEBUG1 debug message is
emitted when a relation is not found.

Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180306005349.b65whmvj7z6hbe2y@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-03-30 17:05:16 -07:00
Fujii Masao
9a895462d9 Enhance pg_stat_wal_receiver view to display host and port of sender server.
Previously there was no way in the standby side to find out the host and port
of the sender server that the walreceiver was currently connected to when
multiple hosts and ports were specified in primary_conninfo. For that purpose,
this patch adds sender_host and sender_port columns into pg_stat_wal_receiver
view. They report the host and port that the active replication connection
currently uses.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Haribabu Kommi
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier and me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJrrPGcV_aq8=cdqkFhVDJKEnDQ70yRTTdY9RODzMnXNrCz2Ow@mail.gmail.com
2018-03-31 07:51:22 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
20b4323bd1 C comments: "a" <--> "an" corrections
Reported-by: Michael Paquier, Abhijit Menon-Sen

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180305045854.GB2266@paquier.xyz

Author: Michael Paquier, Abhijit Menon-Sen, me
2018-03-29 15:18:53 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan
16828d5c02 Fast ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN with a non-NULL default
Currently adding a column to a table with a non-NULL default results in
a rewrite of the table. For large tables this can be both expensive and
disruptive. This patch removes the need for the rewrite as long as the
default value is not volatile. The default expression is evaluated at
the time of the ALTER TABLE and the result stored in a new column
(attmissingval) in pg_attribute, and a new column (atthasmissing) is set
to true. Any existing row when fetched will be supplied with the
attmissingval. New rows will have the supplied value or the default and
so will never need the attmissingval.

Any time the table is rewritten all the atthasmissing and attmissingval
settings for the attributes are cleared, as they are no longer needed.

The most visible code change from this is in heap_attisnull, which
acquires a third TupleDesc argument, allowing it to detect a missing
value if there is one. In many cases where it is known that there will
not be any (e.g.  catalog relations) NULL can be passed for this
argument.

Andrew Dunstan, heavily modified from an original patch from Serge
Rielau.
Reviewed by Tom Lane, Andres Freund, Tomas Vondra and David Rowley.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31e2e921-7002-4c27-59f5-51f08404c858@2ndQuadrant.com
2018-03-28 10:43:52 +10:30
Tom Lane
442accc3fe Allow memory contexts to have both fixed and variable ident strings.
Originally, we treated memory context names as potentially variable in
all cases, and therefore always copied them into the context header.
Commit 9fa6f00b1 rethought this a little bit and invented a distinction
between fixed and variable names, skipping the copy step for the former.
But we can make things both simpler and more useful by instead allowing
there to be two parts to a context's identification, a fixed "name" and
an optional, variable "ident".  The name supplied in the context create
call is now required to be a compile-time-constant string in all cases,
as it is never copied but just pointed to.  The "ident" string, if
wanted, is supplied later.  This is needed because typically we want
the ident to be stored inside the context so that it's cleaned up
automatically on context deletion; that means it has to be copied into
the context before we can set the pointer.

The cost of this approach is basically just an additional pointer field
in struct MemoryContextData, which isn't much overhead, and is bought
back entirely in the AllocSet case by not needing a headerSize field
anymore, since we no longer have to cope with variable header length.
In addition, we can simplify the internal interfaces for memory context
creation still further, saving a few cycles there.  And it's no longer
true that a custom identifier disqualifies a context from participating
in aset.c's freelist scheme, so possibly there's some win on that end.

All the places that were using non-compile-time-constant context names
are adjusted to put the variable info into the "ident" instead.  This
allows more effective identification of those contexts in many cases;
for example, subsidary contexts of relcache entries are now identified
by both type (e.g. "index info") and relname, where before you got only
one or the other.  Contexts associated with PL function cache entries
are now identified more fully and uniformly, too.

I also arranged for plancache contexts to use the query source string
as their identifier.  This is basically free for CachedPlanSources, as
they contained a copy of that string already.  We pay an extra pstrdup
to do it for CachedPlans.  That could perhaps be avoided, but it would
make things more fragile (since the CachedPlanSource is sometimes
destroyed first).  I suspect future improvements in error reporting will
require CachedPlans to have a copy of that string anyway, so it's not
clear that it's worth moving mountains to avoid it now.

This also changes the APIs for context statistics routines so that the
context-specific routines no longer assume that output goes straight
to stderr, nor do they know all details of the output format.  This
is useful immediately to reduce code duplication, and it also allows
for external code to do something with stats output that's different
from printing to stderr.

The reason for pushing this now rather than waiting for v12 is that
it rethinks some of the API changes made by commit 9fa6f00b1.  Seems
better for extension authors to endure just one round of API changes
not two.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB=Je-FdtmFZ9y9REHD7VsSrnCkiBhsA4mdsLKSPauwXtQBeNA@mail.gmail.com
2018-03-27 16:46:51 -04:00
Simon Riggs
c203d6cf81 Allow HOT updates for some expression indexes
If the value of an index expression is unchanged after UPDATE,
allow HOT updates where previously we disallowed them, giving
a significant performance boost in those cases.

Particularly useful for indexes such as JSON->>field where the
JSON value changes but the indexed value does not.

Submitted as "surjective indexes" patch, now enabled by use
of new "recheck_on_update" parameter.

Author: Konstantin Knizhnik
Reviewer: Simon Riggs, with much wordsmithing and some cleanup
2018-03-27 19:57:02 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera
555ee77a96 Handle INSERT .. ON CONFLICT with partitioned tables
Commit eb7ed3f306 enabled unique constraints on partitioned tables,
but one thing that was not working properly is INSERT/ON CONFLICT.
This commit introduces a new node keeps state related to the ON CONFLICT
clause per partition, and fills it when that partition is about to be
used for tuple routing.

Author: Amit Langote, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Etsuro Fujita, Pavan Deolasee
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180228004602.cwdyralmg5ejdqkq@alvherre.pgsql
2018-03-26 10:43:54 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
86f575948c Allow FOR EACH ROW triggers on partitioned tables
Previously, FOR EACH ROW triggers were not allowed in partitioned
tables.  Now we allow AFTER triggers on them, and on trigger creation we
cascade to create an identical trigger in each partition.  We also clone
the triggers to each partition that is created or attached later.

This means that deferred unique keys are allowed on partitioned tables,
too.

Author: Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Simon Riggs, Amit Langote, Robert Haas,
	Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229225319.ajltgss2ojkfd3kp@alvherre.pgsql
2018-03-23 10:48:22 -03:00
Tom Lane
7c91a0364f Sync up our various ways of estimating pg_class.reltuples.
VACUUM thought that reltuples represents the total number of tuples in
the relation, while ANALYZE counted only live tuples.  This can cause
"flapping" in the value when background vacuums and analyzes happen
separately.  The planner's use of reltuples essentially assumes that
it's the count of live (visible) tuples, so let's standardize on having
it mean live tuples.

Another issue is that the definition of "live tuple" isn't totally clear;
what should be done with INSERT_IN_PROGRESS or DELETE_IN_PROGRESS tuples?
ANALYZE's choices in this regard are made on the assumption that if the
originating transaction commits at all, it will happen after ANALYZE
finishes, so we should ignore the effects of the in-progress transaction
--- unless it is our own transaction, and then we should count it.
Let's propagate this definition into VACUUM, too.

Likewise propagate this definition into CREATE INDEX, and into
contrib/pgstattuple's pgstattuple_approx() function.

Tomas Vondra, reviewed by Haribabu Kommi, some corrections by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16db4468-edfa-830a-f921-39a50498e77e@2ndquadrant.com
2018-03-22 15:47:41 -04:00
Robert Haas
2fe6336e2d Avoid creating a TOAST table for a partitioned table.
It's useless.

Amit Langote

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/b4c9dee6-d134-49b8-79c4-07fbd7c3b898@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-03-22 13:49:38 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
56163004b8 Fix relcache handling of the 'default' partition
My commit 4dba331cb3 that moved around CommandCounterIncrement calls
in partitioning DDL code unearthed a problem with the relcache handling
for the 'default' partition: the construction of a correct relcache
entry for the partitioned table was at the mercy of lack of CCI calls in
non-trivial amounts of code.  This was prone to creating problems later
on, as the code develops.  This was visible as a test failure in a
compile with RELCACHE_FORCE_RELASE (buildfarm member prion).

The problem is that after the mentioned commit it was possible to create
a relcache entry that had incomplete information regarding the default
partition because I introduced a CCI between adding the catalog entries
for the default partition (StorePartitionBound) and the update of
pg_partitioned_table entry for its parent partitioned table
(update_default_partition_oid).  It seems the best fix is to move the
latter so that it occurs inside the former; the purposeful lack of
intervening CCI should be more obvious, and harder to break.

I also remove a check in RelationBuildPartitionDesc that returns NULL if
the key is not set.  I couldn't find any place that needs this hack
anymore; probably it was required because of bugs that have since been
fixed.

Fix a few typos I noticed while reviewing the code involved.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180320182659.nyzn3vqtjbbtfgwq@alvherre.pgsql
2018-03-21 12:03:35 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
325f2ec555 Handle heap rewrites even better in logical decoding
Logical decoding should not publish anything about tables created as
part of a heap rewrite during DDL.  Those tables don't exist externally,
so consumers of logical decoding cannot do anything sensible with that
information.  In ab28feae2b, we worked
around this for built-in logical replication, but that was hack.

This is a more proper fix: We mark such transient heaps using the new
field pg_class.relwrite, linking to the original relation OID.  By
default, we ignore them in logical decoding before they get to the
output plugin.  Optionally, a plugin can register their interest in
getting such changes, if they handle DDL specially, in which case the
new field will help them get information about the actual table.

Reviewed-by: Craig Ringer <craig@2ndquadrant.com>
2018-03-21 09:15:04 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
4dba331cb3 Fix CommandCounterIncrement in partition-related DDL
It makes sense to do the CCIs in the places that do catalog updates,
rather than before the places that error out because the former ones
fail to do it.  In particular, it looks like StorePartitionBound() and
IndexSetParentIndex() ought to make their own CCIs.

Per review comments from Peter Eisentraut for row-level triggers on
partitioned tables.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229225319.ajltgss2ojkfd3kp@alvherre.pgsql
2018-03-20 11:19:41 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
f66e8bf875 Remove pg_class.relhaspkey
It is not used for anything internally, and it cannot be relied on for
external uses, so it can just be removed.  To correct recommended way to
check for a primary key is in pg_index.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b1a24c6c-6913-f89c-674e-0704f0ed69db@2ndquadrant.com
2018-03-14 15:31:34 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
33803f67f1 Support INOUT arguments in procedures
In a top-level CALL, the values of INOUT arguments will be returned as a
result row.  In PL/pgSQL, the values are assigned back to the input
arguments.  In other languages, the same convention as for return a
record from a function is used.  That does not require any code changes
in the PL implementations.

Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
2018-03-14 12:07:28 -04:00
Tom Lane
4a4e2442a7 Fix improper uses of canonicalize_qual().
One of the things canonicalize_qual() does is to remove constant-NULL
subexpressions of top-level AND/OR clauses.  It does that on the assumption
that what it's given is a top-level WHERE clause, so that NULL can be
treated like FALSE.  Although this is documented down inside a subroutine
of canonicalize_qual(), it wasn't mentioned in the documentation of that
function itself, and some callers hadn't gotten that memo.

Notably, commit d007a9505 caused get_relation_constraints() to apply
canonicalize_qual() to CHECK constraints.  That allowed constraint
exclusion to misoptimize situations in which a CHECK constraint had a
provably-NULL subclause, as seen in the regression test case added here,
in which a child table that should be scanned is not.  (Although this
thinko is ancient, the test case doesn't fail before 9.2, for reasons
I've not bothered to track down in detail.  There may be related cases
that do fail before that.)

More recently, commit f0e44751d added an independent bug by applying
canonicalize_qual() to index expressions, which is even sillier since
those might not even be boolean.  If they are, though, I think this
could lead to making incorrect index entries for affected index
expressions in v10.  I haven't attempted to prove that though.

To fix, add an "is_check" parameter to canonicalize_qual() to specify
whether it should assume WHERE or CHECK semantics, and make it perform
NULL-elimination accordingly.  Adjust the callers to apply the right
semantics, or remove the call entirely in cases where it's not known
that the expression has one or the other semantics.  I also removed
the call in some cases involving partition expressions, where it should
be a no-op because such expressions should be canonical already ...
and was a no-op, independently of whether it could in principle have
done something, because it was being handed the qual in implicit-AND
format which isn't what it expects.  In HEAD, add an Assert to catch
that type of mistake in future.

This represents an API break for external callers of canonicalize_qual().
While that's intentional in HEAD to make such callers think about which
case applies to them, it seems like something we probably wouldn't be
thanked for in released branches.  Hence, in released branches, the
extra parameter is added to a new function canonicalize_qual_ext(),
and canonicalize_qual() is a wrapper that retains its old behavior.

Patch by me with suggestions from Dean Rasheed.  Back-patch to all
supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24475.1520635069@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-03-11 18:10:42 -04:00
Stephen Frost
06ca148430 Fix typo for RangeVarGetRelidExtended
The function is actually RangeVarGetRelidExtended, so the comment should
reflect that.

Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180307035216.GA3184@paquier.xyz
2018-03-06 23:36:26 -05:00
Tom Lane
8d90b4d01a Minor cleanup in genbki.pl.
Separate out the pg_attribute logic of genbki.pl into its own function.
Drop unnecessary "defined $catalog->{data}" check.  This both narrows
and shortens the data writing loop of the script.  There is no functional
change (the emitted files are the same as before).

John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGXnLH=BSo0x-aA818f=MyQqGS5nM-GDCWAMdnvQJTRC1A@mail.gmail.com
2018-03-03 12:05:28 -05:00
Tom Lane
a351679c80 Trivial adjustments in preparation for bootstrap data conversion.
Rationalize a couple of macro names:
* In catalog/pg_init_privs.h, rename Anum_pg_init_privs_privs to
  Anum_pg_init_privs_initprivs to match the column's actual name.
* In ecpg, rename ZPBITOID to BITOID to match catalog/pg_type.h.
This reduces reader confusion, and will allow us to generate these
macros automatically in future.

In catalog/pg_tablespace.h, fix the ordering of related DATA and
#define lines to agree with how it's done elsewhere.  This has no
impact today, but simplifies life for the bootstrap data conversion
scripts.

John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGXnLH=BSo0x-aA818f=MyQqGS5nM-GDCWAMdnvQJTRC1A@mail.gmail.com
2018-03-03 11:23:33 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
fd1a421fe6 Add prokind column, replacing proisagg and proiswindow
The new column distinguishes normal functions, procedures, aggregates,
and window functions.  This replaces the existing columns proisagg and
proiswindow, and replaces the convention that procedures are indicated
by prorettype == 0.  Also change prorettype to be VOIDOID for procedures.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2018-03-02 13:48:33 -05:00
Tom Lane
8ecdc2ffe3 Use ereport not elog for some corrupt-HOT-chain reports.
These errors have been seen in the field in corrupted-data situations.
It seems worthwhile to report them with ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED, rather
than the generic ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR, for the benefit of log monitoring
and tools like amcheck.  However, use errmsg_internal so that the text
strings still aren't translated; it seems unlikely to be worth
translators' time to do so.

Back-patch to 9.3, like the predecessor commit d70cf811f that introduced
these elog calls originally (replacing Asserts).

Peter Geoghegan

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzmn4-Pg-UGFwyuyK-wiTih9j32pwg_7T9iwqXpAUZr=Mg@mail.gmail.com
2018-03-01 16:23:45 -05:00
Robert Haas
c161ea138f Update and improve comments.
Commits 6f6b99d133 and
f3b0897a12 didn't properly update
these comments.

Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by Amit Langote

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/5A671FE1.6020305@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-02-28 10:09:31 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
bc1adc651b Fix filtering of unsupported relations in logical replication
In the pgoutput plugin, skip changes for relations that are not
publishable, per is_publishable_class().  This concerns in particular
materialized views and information_schema tables.  While those relations
cannot be part of a publication, per existing checks, they will be
considered by a FOR ALL TABLES publication.  A subscription would not
actually apply changes for those relations, again per existing checks,
but trying to match incoming changes to local tables on the subscriber
would lead to errors if no matching local table exists.  Skipping those
changes on the publisher avoids sending useless changes and eliminates
the error.

Bug: #15044
Reported-by: Chad Trabant <chad@iris.washington.edu>
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
2018-02-23 22:13:21 -05:00
Robert Haas
f724022d0a Revise API for partition bound search functions.
Similar to what commit b022923556 for a
different set of functions, pass the required bits of the PartitionKey
instead of the whole thing.  This allows these functions to be used
without needing the PartitionKey to be available.

Amit Langote.  The larger patch series of which this patch is a part
has been reviewed and tested by Ashutosh Bapat, David Rowley, Dilip
Kumar, Jesper Pedersen, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Beena Emerson, Kyotaro
Horiguchi, Álvaro Herrera, and me, but especially and in great detail
by David Rowley.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/098b9c71-1915-1a2a-8d52-1a7a50ce79e8@lab.ntt.co.jp
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/1f6498e8-377f-d077-e791-5dc84dba2c00@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-02-23 09:08:43 -05:00
Robert Haas
b022923556 Revise API for partition_rbound_cmp/partition_rbound_datum_cmp.
Instead of passing the PartitionKey, pass just the required bits of
it.  This allows these functions to be used without needing the
PartitionKey to be available, which is important for several
pending patches.

Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed by Amit Langote, with a comment tweak
by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/3d835ed1-36ab-f06d-0ce8-a76a2bbf7677@lab.ntt.co.jp
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/b4d88995-094b-320c-b614-2282fae0bf6c@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-02-23 08:43:52 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
eb7ed3f306 Allow UNIQUE indexes on partitioned tables
If we restrict unique constraints on partitioned tables so that they
must always include the partition key, then our standard approach to
unique indexes already works --- each unique key is forced to exist
within a single partition, so enforcing the unique restriction in each
index individually is enough to have it enforced globally.  Therefore we
can implement unique indexes on partitions by simply removing a few
restrictions (and adding others.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171222212921.hi6hg6pem2w2t36z@alvherre.pgsql
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229230607.3iib6b62fn3uaf47@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs, Jesper Pedersen, Peter Eisentraut, Jaime
	Casanova, Amit Langote
2018-02-19 17:40:00 -03:00
Tom Lane
524d64ea8e Remove bogus "extern" annotations on function definitions.
While this is not illegal C, project style is to put "extern" only on
declarations not definitions.

David Rowley

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9RKLWXcMBQhvDYhmsMEo+ALuNgA-NE+AX5Uoke9DJ2Xg@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-19 12:07:44 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
2e1d1ebdff Remove redundant function declaration 2018-02-18 22:28:11 -05:00
Tom Lane
9a725f7b5c Silence assorted "variable may be used uninitialized" warnings.
All of these are false positives, but in each case a fair amount of
analysis is needed to see that, and it's not too surprising that not all
compilers are smart enough.  (In particular, in the logtape.c case, a
compiler lacking the knowledge provided by the Assert would almost surely
complain, so that this warning will be seen in any non-assert build.)

Some of these are of long standing while others are pretty recent,
but it only seems worth fixing them in HEAD.

Jaime Casanova, tweaked a bit by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJGNTeMcYAMJdPAom52dppLMtF-UnEZi0dooj==75OEv1EoBZA@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-14 16:06:49 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
8237f27b50 get_relid_attribute_name is dead, long live get_attname
The modern way is to use a missing_ok argument instead of two separate
almost-identical routines, so do that.

Author: Michaël Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180201063212.GE6398@paquier.xyz
2018-02-12 19:33:15 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
32ff269117 Add more information_schema columns
- table_constraints.enforced
- triggers.action_order
- triggers.action_reference_old_table
- triggers.action_reference_new_table

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2018-02-07 10:08:02 -05:00
Tom Lane
0a459cec96 Support all SQL:2011 options for window frame clauses.
This patch adds the ability to use "RANGE offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING"
frame boundaries in window functions.  We'd punted on that back in the
original patch to add window functions, because it was not clear how to
do it in a reasonably data-type-extensible fashion.  That problem is
resolved here by adding the ability for btree operator classes to provide
an "in_range" support function that defines how to add or subtract the
RANGE offset value.  Factoring it this way also allows the operator class
to avoid overflow problems near the ends of the datatype's range, if it
wishes to expend effort on that.  (In the committed patch, the integer
opclasses handle that issue, but it did not seem worth the trouble to
avoid overflow failures for datetime types.)

The patch includes in_range support for the integer_ops opfamily
(int2/int4/int8) as well as the standard datetime types.  Support for
other numeric types has been requested, but that seems like suitable
material for a follow-on patch.

In addition, the patch adds GROUPS mode which counts the offset in
ORDER-BY peer groups rather than rows, and it adds the frame_exclusion
options specified by SQL:2011.  As far as I can see, we are now fully
up to spec on window framing options.

Existing behaviors remain unchanged, except that I changed the errcode
for a couple of existing error reports to meet the SQL spec's expectation
that negative "offset" values should be reported as SQLSTATE 22013.

Internally and in relevant parts of the documentation, we now consistently
use the terminology "offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING" rather than "value
PRECEDING/FOLLOWING", since the term "value" is confusingly vague.

Oliver Ford, reviewed and whacked around some by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGMVOdu9sivPAxbNN0X+q19Sfv9edEPv=HibOJhB14TJv_RCQg@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-07 00:06:56 -05:00
Robert Haas
9da0cc3528 Support parallel btree index builds.
To make this work, tuplesort.c and logtape.c must also support
parallelism, so this patch adds that infrastructure and then applies
it to the particular case of parallel btree index builds.  Testing
to date shows that this can often be 2-3x faster than a serial
index build.

The model for deciding how many workers to use is fairly primitive
at present, but it's better than not having the feature.  We can
refine it as we get more experience.

Peter Geoghegan with some help from Rushabh Lathia.  While Heikki
Linnakangas is not an author of this patch, he wrote other patches
without which this feature would not have been possible, and
therefore the release notes should possibly credit him as an author
of this feature.  Reviewed by Claudio Freire, Heikki Linnakangas,
Thomas Munro, Tels, Amit Kapila, me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAM3SWZQKM=Pzc=CAHzRixKjp2eO5Q0Jg1SoFQqeXFQ647JiwqQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=AxWqDoVvGU7dq856S4r6sJAj6DBn7VMtigkB33N5eyg@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-02 13:32:44 -05:00
Robert Haas
9aef173163 Refactor code for partition bound searching
Remove partition_bound_cmp() and partition_bound_bsearch(), whose
void * argument could be, depending on the situation, of any of
three different types: PartitionBoundSpec *, PartitionRangeBound *,
Datum *.

Instead, introduce separate bound-searching functions for each
situation: partition_list_bsearch, partition_range_bsearch,
partition_range_datum_bsearch, and partition_hash_bsearch.  This
requires duplicating the code for binary search, but it makes the
code much more type safe, involves fewer branches at runtime, and
at least in my opinion, is much easier to understand.

Along the way, add an option to partition_range_datum_bsearch
allowing the number of keys to be specified, so that we can search
for partitions based on a prefix of the full list of partition
keys.  This is important for pending work to improve partition
pruning.

Amit Langote, per a suggestion from me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaVLDLc8=YESRwD32gPhodU_ELmXyKs77gveiYp+JE4vQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-02 09:32:44 -05:00
Robert Haas
3ccdc6f9a5 Fix list partition constraints for partition keys of array type.
The old code generated always generated a constraint of the form
col = ANY(ARRAY[val1, val2, ...]), but that's invalid when col is an
array type.  Instead, generate col = val when there's only one value,
col = val1 OR col = val2 OR ... when there are multiple values and
col is of array type, and the old form when there are multiple values
and col is not of an array type.

As a side benefit, this makes constraint exclusion able to prune
a list partition declared to accept a single Boolean value, which
didn't work before.

Amit Langote, reviewed by Etsuro Fujita

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/97267195-e235-89d1-a41a-c110198dfce9@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-01-31 15:43:11 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
010123e144 C includes: Reorder C includes in partition.c
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5A69AA50.2060600@lab.ntt.co.jp

Author: Etsuro Fujita
2018-01-27 23:05:52 -05:00
Tom Lane
96102a32a3 Suppress possibly-uninitialized-variable warnings.
Apparently, Peter's compiler has faith that the switch test values here
could never not be valid values of their enums.  Mine does not, and
I tend to agree with it.
2018-01-19 22:16:25 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
7f17fd6fc7 Fix CompareIndexInfo's attnum comparisons
When an index column is an expression, it makes no sense to compare its
attribute numbers.

This seems to account for remaining buildfarm fallout from 8b08f7d482.
At least, it solves the issue in my local 32bit VM -- let's see what the
rest thinks.
2018-01-19 16:56:42 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
8b9e9644dc Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType
AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types,
and we already have a preferred one for that.  It's only used in
aclcheck_error.  By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more
precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation".

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2018-01-19 14:01:15 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
2c6f37ed62 Replace GrantObjectType with ObjectType
There used to be a lot of different *Type and *Kind symbol groups to
address objects within different commands, most of which have been
replaced by ObjectType, starting with
b256f24264.  But this conversion was never
done for the ACL commands until now.

This change ends up being just a plain replacement of the types and
symbols, without any code restructuring needed, except deleting some now
redundant code.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Frost <sfrost@snowman.net>
2018-01-19 14:01:14 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
8b08f7d482 Local partitioned indexes
When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries
for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since
the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual
indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions
also.

As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some
existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of
creating new ones.  Whichever way these indexes come about, they become
attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it,
and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first.

To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands
    CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table>
(which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without
recursing) and
    ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION
(which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each
partition, to attach them to the parent index).  These reconstruct prior
database state exactly.

Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit
	Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 11:49:22 -03:00
Robert Haas
29d58fd3ad Transfer state pertaining to pending REINDEX operations to workers.
This will allow the pending patch for parallel CREATE INDEX to work
on system catalogs, and to provide the same level of protection
against use of user indexes while they are being rebuilt that we
have for non-parallel CREATE INDEX.

Patch by me, reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYN-YQU9JsGQcqFLovZ-C+Xgp1_xhJQad=cunGG-_p5gg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzkv4UNkXYhqQRqk-u9rS7h5c-4cCW+EqQ8K_WSeS43aZg@mail.gmail.com
2018-01-19 07:48:54 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
49c784ece7 Remove hard-coded schema knowledge about pg_attribute from genbki.pl
Add the ability to label a column's default value in the catalog header,
and implement this for pg_attribute.  A new function in Catalog.pm is
used to fill in a tuple with defaults.  The build process will complain
loudly if a catalog entry is incomplete,

Commit 8137f2c323 labeled variable length columns for the C preprocessor.
Expose that label to genbki.pl so we can exclude those columns from schema
macros in a general fashion. Also, format schema macro entries according
to their types.

This means slightly less code maintenance, but more importantly it's a
proving ground for mechanisms intended to be used in later commits.

While at it, I (Álvaro) couldn't resist making some changes in
genbki.pl: rename some functions to actually indicate their purpose
instead of actively misleading onlookers; and don't iterate on the whole
of pg_type to find the entry for each catalog row, using a hash instead
of an array.

Author: John Naylor, some changes by Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGVJHwD8sfDfZW9TbCHWKf=C1YDRM-rF=2JenRU_y+VcFg@mail.gmail.com
2018-01-12 11:21:42 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
9e945f8626 Fix Latin spelling
"c.f." should be "cf.".
2018-01-11 08:32:01 -05:00
Robert Haas
ef6087ee5f Minor preparatory refactoring for UPDATE row movement.
Generalize is_partition_attr to has_partition_attrs and make it
accessible from outside tablecmds.c.  Change map_partition_varattnos
to clarify that it can be used for mapping between any two relations
in a partitioning hierarchy, not just parent -> child.

Amit Khandekar, reviewed by Amit Langote, David Rowley, and me.
Some comment changes by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9fWfxgKC+PfJZF3hkgAcNOy-LpfPxVYitDEXKHjeieWQQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-01-04 16:25:49 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
9d4649ca49 Update copyright for 2018
Backpatch-through: certain files through 9.3
2018-01-02 23:30:12 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
9373baa0f7 Minor edits to catalog files and scripts
This fixes a few typos and small mistakes; it also cleans a few
minor stylistic issues.  The biggest functional change is that
Gen_fmgrtab.pl no longer knows the OID of language 'internal'.

Author: John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGXAkwbk-A9QHHHf00N905kKisyQbaYwKqaRpze_gPXGfg@mail.gmail.com
2017-12-21 19:07:32 -03:00
Tom Lane
c98c35cd08 Avoid putting build-location-dependent strings into generated files.
Various Perl scripts we use to generate files were in the habit of
printing things like "generated by $0" into their output files.
That looks like a fine idea at first glance, but it results in
non-reproducible output, because in VPATH builds $0 won't be just
the name of the script file, but a full path for it.  We'd prefer
that you get identical results whether using VPATH or not, so this
is a bad thing.

Some of these places also printed their input file name(s), causing
an additional hazard of the same type.

Hence, establish a policy that thou shalt not print $0, nor input file
pathnames, into output files (they're still allowed in error messages,
though).  Instead just write the script name verbatim.  While we are at
it, we can make these annotations more useful by giving the script's
full relative path name within the PG source tree, eg instead of
Gen_fmgrtab.pl let's print src/backend/utils/Gen_fmgrtab.pl.

Not all of the changes made here actually affect any files shipped
in finished tarballs today, but it seems best to apply the policy
everyplace so that nobody copies unsafe code into places where it
could matter.

Christoph Berg and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171215102223.GB31812@msg.df7cb.de
2017-12-21 10:57:06 -05:00
Tom Lane
9fa6f00b13 Rethink MemoryContext creation to improve performance.
This patch makes a number of interrelated changes to reduce the overhead
involved in creating/deleting memory contexts.  The key ideas are:

* Include the AllocSetContext header of an aset.c context in its first
malloc request, rather than allocating it separately in TopMemoryContext.
This means that we now always create an initial or "keeper" block in an
aset, even if it never receives any allocation requests.

* Create freelists in which we can save and recycle recently-destroyed
asets (this idea is due to Robert Haas).

* In the common case where the name of a context is a constant string,
just store a pointer to it in the context header, rather than copying
the string.

The first change eliminates a palloc/pfree cycle per context, and
also avoids bloat in TopMemoryContext, at the price that creating
a context now involves a malloc/free cycle even if the context never
receives any allocations.  That would be a loser for some common
usage patterns, but recycling short-lived contexts via the freelist
eliminates that pain.

Avoiding copying constant strings not only saves strlen() and strcpy()
overhead, but is an essential part of the freelist optimization because
it makes the context header size constant.  Currently we make no
attempt to use the freelist for contexts with non-constant names.
(Perhaps someday we'll need to think harder about that, but in current
usage, most contexts with custom names are long-lived anyway.)

The freelist management in this initial commit is pretty simplistic,
and we might want to refine it later --- but in common workloads that
will never matter because the freelists will never get full anyway.

To create a context with a non-constant name, one is now required to
call AllocSetContextCreateExtended and specify the MEMCONTEXT_COPY_NAME
option.  AllocSetContextCreate becomes a wrapper macro, and it includes
a test that will complain about non-string-literal context name
parameters on gcc and similar compilers.

An unfortunate side effect of making AllocSetContextCreate a macro is
that one is now *required* to use the size parameter abstraction macros
(ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES and friends) with it; the pre-9.6 habit of
writing out individual size parameters no longer works unless you
switch to AllocSetContextCreateExtended.

Internally to the memory-context-related modules, the context creation
APIs are simplified, removing the rather baroque original design whereby
a context-type module called mcxt.c which then called back into the
context-type module.  That saved a bit of code duplication, but not much,
and it prevented context-type modules from exercising control over the
allocation of context headers.

In passing, I converted the test-and-elog validation of aset size
parameters into Asserts to save a few more cycles.  The original thought
was that callers might compute size parameters on the fly, but in practice
nobody does that, so it's useless to expend cycles on checking those
numbers in production builds.

Also, mark the memory context method-pointer structs "const",
just for cleanliness.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2264.1512870796@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-12-13 13:55:16 -05:00
Robert Haas
01a0ca1bed Improve comment about PartitionBoundInfoData.
Ashutosh Bapat, per discussion with Julien Rouhaund, who also
reviewed this patch.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpReBR3ftK9C23LLCZY_TDXhhjB_dgE-L9+mfTnA=gkvdvQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-12-11 12:52:15 -05:00
Robert Haas
35438e5763 Minor code beautification in partition_bounds_equal.
Use get_greatest_modulus more consistently, instead of doing the
same thing in an ad-hoc manner in this one place.

Ashutosh Bapat

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpReT9L4RCiJBKOyWC2=i02kv9uG2fx=4Fv7kFY2t0SPCgw@mail.gmail.com
2017-12-01 13:52:59 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
e4128ee767 SQL procedures
This adds a new object type "procedure" that is similar to a function
but does not have a return type and is invoked by the new CALL statement
instead of SELECT or similar.  This implementation is aligned with the
SQL standard and compatible with or similar to other SQL implementations.

This commit adds new commands CALL, CREATE/ALTER/DROP PROCEDURE, as well
as ALTER/DROP ROUTINE that can refer to either a function or a
procedure (or an aggregate function, as an extension to SQL).  There is
also support for procedures in various utility commands such as COMMENT
and GRANT, as well as support in pg_dump and psql.  Support for defining
procedures is available in all the languages supplied by the core
distribution.

While this commit is mainly syntax sugar around existing functionality,
future features will rely on having procedures as a separate object
type.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-11-30 11:03:20 -05:00
Robert Haas
eaedf0df71 Update typedefs.list and re-run pgindent
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaA9=1RWKtBWpDaj+sF3Stgc8sHgf5z=KGtbjwPLQVDMA@mail.gmail.com
2017-11-29 09:24:24 -05:00
Robert Haas
2d7950f222 If a range-partitioned table has no default partition, reject null keys.
Commit 4e5fe9ad19 introduced this
problem.  Also add a test so it doesn't get broken again.

Report by Rushabh Lathia.  Fix by Amit Langote.  Reviewed by Rushabh
Lathia and Amul Sul.  Tweaked by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAGPqQf0Y1iJyk4QJBdMf=pS9i6Q0JUMM_h5-qkR3OMJ-e04PyA@mail.gmail.com
2017-11-28 14:11:16 -05:00
Robert Haas
7b88d63a91 Add null test to partition constraint for default range partitions.
Non-default range partitions have a constraint which include null
tests, and both default and non-default list partitions also have a
constraint which includes null tests, but for some reason this was
missed for default range partitions.  This could cause the partition
constraint to evaluate to false for rows that were (correctly) routed
to that partition by insert tuple routing, which could in turn
cause constraint exclusion to prune the default partition in cases
where it should not.

Amit Langote, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/ba7aaeb1-4399-220e-70b4-62eade1522d0@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-11-28 10:51:01 -05:00
Tom Lane
cb03fa33ae Fix assorted syscache lookup sloppiness in partition-related code.
heap_drop_with_catalog and ATExecDetachPartition neglected to check for
SearchSysCache failures, as noted in bugs #14927 and #14928 from Pan Bian.
Such failures are pretty unlikely, since we should already have some sort
of lock on the rel at these points, but it's neither a good idea nor
per project style to omit a check for failure.

Also, StorePartitionKey contained a syscache lookup that it never did
anything with, including never releasing the result.  Presumably the
reason why we don't see refcount-leak complaints is that the lookup
always fails; but in any case it's pretty useless, so remove it.

All of these errors were evidently introduced by the relation
partitioning feature.  Back-patch to v10 where that came in.

Amit Langote and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171127090105.1463.3962@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171127091341.1468.72696@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2017-11-27 19:22:08 -05:00
Robert Haas
f3b0897a12 Fix multiple problems with satisfies_hash_partition.
Fix the function header comment to describe the actual behavior.
Check that table OID, modulus, and remainder arguments are not NULL
before accessing them.  Check that the modulus and remainder are
sensible.  If the table OID doesn't exist, return NULL instead of
emitting an internal error, similar to what we do elsewhere.  Check
that the actual argument types match, or at least are binary coercible
to, the expected argument types.  Correctly handle invocation of this
function using the VARIADIC syntax.  Add regression tests.

Robert Haas and Amul Sul, per a report by Andreas Seltenreich and
subsequent followup investigation.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/871sl4sdrv.fsf@ansel.ydns.eu
2017-11-21 13:06:32 -05:00
Robert Haas
6b2cd278a9 Fix typo in comment.
Etsuro Fujita

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/5A0D7C3D.80803@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-11-16 14:16:45 -05:00
Robert Haas
4e5fe9ad19 Centralize executor-related partitioning code.
Some code is moved from partition.c, which has grown very quickly lately;
splitting the executor parts out might help to keep it from getting
totally out of control.  Other code is moved from execMain.c.  All is
moved to a new file execPartition.c.  get_partition_for_tuple now has
a new interface that more clearly separates executor concerns from
generic concerns.

Amit Langote.  A slight comment tweak by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/1f0985f8-3b61-8bc4-4350-baa6d804cb6d@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-11-15 10:26:25 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
a61f5ab986 Simplify index_[constraint_]create API
Instead of passing large swaths of boolean arguments, define some flags
that can be used in a bitmask.  This makes it easier not only to figure
out what each call site is doing, but also to add some new flags.

The flags are split in two -- one set for index_create directly and
another for constraints.  index_create() itself receives both, and then
passes down the latter to index_constraint_create(), which can also be
called standalone.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171023151251.j75uoe27gajdjmlm@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs
2017-11-14 15:19:05 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
0e1539ba0d Add some const decorations to prototypes
Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
2017-11-10 13:38:57 -05:00
Robert Haas
1aba8e651a Add hash partitioning.
Hash partitioning is useful when you want to partition a growing data
set evenly.  This can be useful to keep table sizes reasonable, which
makes maintenance operations such as VACUUM faster, or to enable
partition-wise join.

At present, we still depend on constraint exclusion for partitioning
pruning, and the shape of the partition constraints for hash
partitioning is such that that doesn't work.  Work is underway to fix
that, which should both improve performance and make partitioning
pruning work with hash partitioning.

Amul Sul, reviewed and tested by Dilip Kumar, Ashutosh Bapat, Yugo
Nagata, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Jesper Pedersen, and by me.  A few
final tweaks also by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b96fhpJAP=ALbETmeLk1Uni_GFZD938zgenhF49qgDTjaQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-11-09 18:07:44 -05:00
Tom Lane
ae20b23a9e Refactor permissions checks for large objects.
Up to now, ACL checks for large objects happened at the level of
the SQL-callable functions, which led to CVE-2017-7548 because of a
missing check.  Push them down to be enforced in inv_api.c as much
as possible, in hopes of preventing future bugs.  This does have the
effect of moving read and write permission errors to happen at lo_open
time not loread or lowrite time, but that seems acceptable.

Michael Paquier and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqRHmNOYbETnc_2EjsuzSM00Z+BWKv9sy6tnvSd5gWT_JA@mail.gmail.com
2017-11-09 12:56:07 -05:00
Tom Lane
5ecc0d738e Restrict lo_import()/lo_export() via SQL permissions not hard-wired checks.
While it's generally unwise to give permissions on these functions to
anyone but a superuser, we've been moving away from hard-wired permission
checks inside functions in favor of using the SQL permission system to
control access.  Bring lo_import() and lo_export() into compliance with
that approach.

In particular, this removes the manual configuration option
ALLOW_DANGEROUS_LO_FUNCTIONS.  That dates back to 1999 (commit 4cd4a54c8);
it's unlikely anyone has used it in many years.  Moreover, if you really
want such behavior, now you can get it with GRANT ... TO PUBLIC instead.

Michael Paquier

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqRHmNOYbETnc_2EjsuzSM00Z+BWKv9sy6tnvSd5gWT_JA@mail.gmail.com
2017-11-09 12:36:58 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
2eb4a831e5 Change TRUE/FALSE to true/false
The lower case spellings are C and C++ standard and are used in most
parts of the PostgreSQL sources.  The upper case spellings are only used
in some files/modules.  So standardize on the standard spellings.

The APIs for ICU, Perl, and Windows define their own TRUE and FALSE, so
those are left as is when using those APIs.

In code comments, we use the lower-case spelling for the C concepts and
keep the upper-case spelling for the SQL concepts.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-11-08 11:37:28 -05:00
Dean Rasheed
87b2ebd352 Always require SELECT permission for ON CONFLICT DO UPDATE.
The update path of an INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO UPDATE requires SELECT
permission on the columns of the arbiter index, but it failed to check
for that in the case of an arbiter specified by constraint name.

In addition, for a table with row level security enabled, it failed to
check updated rows against the table's SELECT policies when the update
path was taken (regardless of how the arbiter index was specified).

Backpatch to 9.5 where ON CONFLICT DO UPDATE and RLS were introduced.

Security: CVE-2017-15099
2017-11-06 09:19:22 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
854b643c8e Fix typo in comment
Etsuro Fujita
2017-10-30 14:37:00 +01:00
Robert Haas
1310ac258c Fix misplaced ReleaseSysCache call in get_default_partition_oid.
Julien Rouhaud

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_Y4omLA+VbsVdA-JwBLoJWiPxfdKCkMjrZM7NMZxa1fKw@mail.gmail.com
2017-10-28 11:10:21 +02:00
Tom Lane
6784d7a1dc Rethink the dependencies recorded for FieldSelect/FieldStore nodes.
On closer investigation, commits f3ea3e3e8 et al were a few bricks
shy of a load.  What we need is not so much to lock down the result
type of a FieldSelect, as to lock down the existence of the column
it's trying to extract.  Otherwise, we can break it by dropping that
column.  The dependency on the result type is then held indirectly
through the column, and doesn't need to be recorded explicitly.

Out of paranoia, I left in the code to record a dependency on the
result type, but it's used only if we can't identify the pg_class OID
for the column.  That shouldn't ever happen right now, AFAICS, but
it seems possible that in future the input node could be marked as
being of type RECORD rather than some specific composite type.

Likewise for FieldStore.

Like the previous patch, back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22571.1509064146@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-10-27 12:19:09 -04:00
Tom Lane
37a795a60b Support domains over composite types.
This is the last major omission in our domains feature: you can now
make a domain over anything that's not a pseudotype.

The major complication from an implementation standpoint is that places
that might be creating tuples of a domain type now need to be prepared
to apply domain_check().  It seems better that unprepared code fail
with an error like "<type> is not composite" than that it silently fail
to apply domain constraints.  Therefore, relevant infrastructure like
get_func_result_type() and lookup_rowtype_tupdesc() has been adjusted
to treat domain-over-composite as a distinct case that unprepared code
won't recognize, rather than just transparently treating it the same
as plain composite.  This isn't a 100% solution to the possibility of
overlooked domain checks, but it catches most places.

In passing, improve typcache.c's support for domains (it can now cache
the identity of a domain's base type), and rewrite the argument handling
logic in jsonfuncs.c's populate_record[set]_worker to reduce duplicative
per-call lookups.

I believe this is code-complete so far as the core and contrib code go.
The PLs need varying amounts of work, which will be tackled in followup
patches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4206.1499798337@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-10-26 13:47:45 -04:00
Tom Lane
f3ea3e3e82 Fix some oversights in expression dependency recording.
find_expr_references() neglected to record a dependency on the result type
of a FieldSelect node, allowing a DROP TYPE to break a view or rule that
contains such an expression.  I think we'd omitted this case intentionally,
reasoning that there would always be a related dependency ensuring that the
DROP would cascade to the view.  But at least with nested field selection
expressions, that's not true, as shown in bug #14867 from Mansur Galiev.
Add the dependency, and for good measure a dependency on the node's exposed
collation.

Likewise add a dependency on the result type of a FieldStore.  I think here
the reasoning was that it'd only appear within an assignment to a field,
and the dependency on the field's column would be enough ... but having
seen this example, I think that's wrong for nested-composites cases.

Looking at nearby code, I notice we're not recording a dependency on the
exposed collation of CoerceViaIO, which seems inconsistent with our choices
for related node types.  Maybe that's OK but I'm feeling suspicious of this
code today, so let's add that; it certainly can't hurt.

This patch does not do anything to protect already-existing views, only
views created after it's installed.  But seeing that the issue has been
there a very long time and nobody noticed till now, that's probably good
enough.

Back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171023150118.1477.19174@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2017-10-23 13:57:45 -04:00
Tom Lane
4de2d4fba3 Explicitly track whether aggregate final functions modify transition state.
Up to now, there's been hard-wired assumptions that normal aggregates'
final functions never modify their transition states, while ordered-set
aggregates' final functions always do.  This has always been a bit
limiting, and in particular it's getting in the way of improving the
built-in ordered-set aggregates to allow merging of transition states.
Therefore, let's introduce catalog and CREATE AGGREGATE infrastructure
that lets the finalfn's behavior be declared explicitly.

There are now three possibilities for the finalfn behavior: it's purely
read-only, it trashes the transition state irrecoverably, or it changes
the state in such a way that no more transfn calls are possible but the
state can still be passed to other, compatible finalfns.  There are no
examples of this third case today, but we'll shortly make the built-in
OSAs act like that.

This change allows user-defined aggregates to explicitly disclaim support
for use as window functions, and/or to prevent transition state merging,
if their implementations cannot handle that.  While it was previously
possible to handle the window case with a run-time error check, there was
not any way to prevent transition state merging, which in retrospect is
something commit 804163bc2 should have provided for.  But better late
than never.

In passing, split out pg_aggregate.c's extern function declarations into
a new header file pg_aggregate_fn.h, similarly to what we've done for
some other catalog headers, so that pg_aggregate.h itself can be safe
for frontend files to include.  This lets pg_dump use the symbolic
names for relevant constants.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4834.1507849699@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-10-14 15:21:39 -04:00
Robert Haas
ad4a7ed099 Synchronize error messages.
Commits 6476b26115
and 14f67a8ee2 didn't use quite the
same error message for what is basically the same situation.

Amit Langote, pared back a bit by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/54dc76d0-3b5b-ba5a-27dc-fb31a3975b61@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-10-12 15:14:22 -04:00
Robert Haas
45866c7550 Copy information from the relcache instead of pointing to it.
We have the relations continuously locked, but not open, so relcache
pointers are not guaranteed to be stable.  Per buildfarm member
prion.

Ashutosh Bapat.  I fixed a typo.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRcRBqoKLZSNmRsjKr81uEP=ennvqSQaXVCCBTXvJ2rW+Q@mail.gmail.com
2017-10-06 15:28:07 -04:00
Robert Haas
6476b26115 On CREATE TABLE, consider skipping validation of subpartitions.
This is just like commit 14f67a8ee2, but
for CREATE PARTITION rather than ATTACH PARTITION.

Jeevan Ladhe, with test case changes by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAOgcT0MWwG8WBw8frFMtRYHAgDD=tpt6U7WcsO_L2k0KYpm4Jg@mail.gmail.com
2017-10-05 13:23:28 -04:00
Robert Haas
4b2ba1fe02 Fix typo.
Etsuro Fujita

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/1b2e9ac7-b99a-2769-5e42-afdf62bfa7fa@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-10-05 08:45:24 -04:00
Andres Freund
18f791ab2b Move genbki.pl's find_defined_symbol to Catalog.pm.
Will be used in Gen_fmgrtab.pl in a followup commit.
2017-10-04 00:11:36 -07:00
Tom Lane
c12d570fa1 Support arrays over domains.
Allowing arrays with a domain type as their element type was left un-done
in the original domain patch, but not for any very good reason.  This
omission leads to such surprising results as array_agg() not working on
a domain column, because the parser can't identify a suitable output type
for the polymorphic aggregate.

In order to fix this, first clean up the APIs of coerce_to_domain() and
some internal functions in parse_coerce.c so that we consistently pass
around a CoercionContext along with CoercionForm.  Previously, we sometimes
passed an "isExplicit" boolean flag instead, which is strictly less
information; and coerce_to_domain() didn't even get that, but instead had
to reverse-engineer isExplicit from CoercionForm.  That's contrary to the
documentation in primnodes.h that says that CoercionForm only affects
display and not semantics.  I don't think this change fixes any live bugs,
but it makes things more consistent.  The main reason for doing it though
is that now build_coercion_expression() receives ccontext, which it needs
in order to be able to recursively invoke coerce_to_target_type().

Next, reimplement ArrayCoerceExpr so that the node does not directly know
any details of what has to be done to the individual array elements while
performing the array coercion.  Instead, the per-element processing is
represented by a sub-expression whose input is a source array element and
whose output is a target array element.  This simplifies life in
parse_coerce.c, because it can build that sub-expression by a recursive
invocation of coerce_to_target_type().  The executor now handles the
per-element processing as a compiled expression instead of hard-wired code.
The main advantage of this is that we can use a single ArrayCoerceExpr to
handle as many as three successive steps per element: base type conversion,
typmod coercion, and domain constraint checking.  The old code used two
stacked ArrayCoerceExprs to handle type + typmod coercion, which was pretty
inefficient, and adding yet another array deconstruction to do domain
constraint checking seemed very unappetizing.

In the case where we just need a single, very simple coercion function,
doing this straightforwardly leads to a noticeable increase in the
per-array-element runtime cost.  Hence, add an additional shortcut evalfunc
in execExprInterp.c that skips unnecessary overhead for that specific form
of expression.  The runtime speed of simple cases is within 1% or so of
where it was before, while cases that previously required two levels of
array processing are significantly faster.

Finally, create an implicit array type for every domain type, as we do for
base types, enums, etc.  Everything except the array-coercion case seems
to just work without further effort.

Tom Lane, reviewed by Andrew Dunstan

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9852.1499791473@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-09-30 13:40:56 -04:00
Tom Lane
28e0727076 Revert to 9.6 treatment of ALTER TYPE enumtype ADD VALUE.
This reverts commit 15bc038f9, along with the followon commits 1635e80d3
and 984c92074 that tried to clean up the problems exposed by bug #14825.
The result was incomplete because it failed to address parallel-query
requirements.  With 10.0 release so close upon us, now does not seem like
the time to be adding more code to fix that.  I hope we can un-revert this
code and add the missing parallel query support during the v11 cycle.

Back-patch to v10.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170922185904.1448.16585@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2017-09-27 16:14:43 -04:00
Tom Lane
1635e80d30 Use a blacklist to distinguish original from add-on enum values.
Commit 15bc038f9 allowed ALTER TYPE ADD VALUE to be executed inside
transaction blocks, by disallowing the use of the added value later
in the same transaction, except under limited circumstances.  However,
the test for "limited circumstances" was heuristic and could reject
references to enum values that were created during CREATE TYPE AS ENUM,
not just later.  This breaks the use-case of restoring pg_dump scripts
in a single transaction, as reported in bug #14825 from Balazs Szilfai.

We can improve this by keeping a "blacklist" table of enum value OIDs
created by ALTER TYPE ADD VALUE during the current transaction.  Any
visible-but-uncommitted value whose OID is not in the blacklist must
have been created by CREATE TYPE AS ENUM, and can be used safely
because it could not have a lifespan shorter than its parent enum type.

This change also removes the restriction that a renamed enum value
can't be used before being committed (unless it was on the blacklist).

Andrew Dunstan, with cosmetic improvements by me.
Back-patch to v10.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170922185904.1448.16585@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2017-09-26 13:14:46 -04:00
Tom Lane
737639017c Fix bogus size calculation in strlist_to_textarray().
It's making an array of Datum, not an array of text *.  The mistake
is harmless since those are currently the same size, but it's still
wrong.
2017-09-23 15:01:59 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
0c5803b450 Refactor new file permission handling
The file handling functions from fd.c were called with a diverse mix of
notations for the file permissions when they were opening new files.
Almost all files created by the server should have the same permissions
set.  So change the API so that e.g. OpenTransientFile() automatically
uses the standard permissions set, and OpenTransientFilePerm() is a new
function that takes an explicit permissions set for the few cases where
it is needed.  This also saves an unnecessary argument for call sites
that are just opening an existing file.

While we're reviewing these APIs, get rid of the FileName typedef and
use the standard const char * for the file name and mode_t for the file
mode.  This makes these functions match other file handling functions
and removes an unnecessary layer of mysteriousness.  We can also get rid
of a few casts that way.

Author: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
2017-09-23 10:16:18 -04:00
Robert Haas
77b6b5e9ce Make RelationGetPartitionDispatchInfo expand depth-first.
With this change, the order of leaf partitions as returned by
RelationGetPartitionDispatchInfo should now be the same as the
order used by expand_inherited_rtentry.  This will make it simpler
for future patches to match up the partition dispatch information
with the planner data structures.  The new code is also, in my
opinion anyway, simpler and easier to understand.

Amit Langote, reviewed by Amit Khandekar.  I also reviewed and
made a few cosmetic revisions.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/d98d4761-5071-1762-501e-0e15047c714b@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-09-14 12:28:50 -04:00
Tom Lane
fdf87ed451 Fix failure-to-copy bug in commit 6f6b99d13.
The previous coding of get_qual_for_list() was careful to copy everything
it was using from the input data structure.  The new version missed
making a copy of pass-by-ref datum values that it's inserting into Consts.
This is not optional, however, as revealed by buildfarm failures on
machines running -DRELCACHE_FORCE_RELEASE: we're copying from a relcache
entry that could go away before the required lifespan of our output
expression.  I'm pretty sure -DCLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS machines won't like
this either, but none of them have reported in yet.
2017-09-08 20:45:31 -04:00
Tom Lane
e56dd7cf50 Fix uninitialized-variable bug.
map_partition_varattnos() failed to set its found_whole_row output
parameter if the given expression list was NIL.  This seems to be
a pre-existing bug that chanced to be exposed by commit 6f6b99d13.
It might be unreachable in v10, but I have little faith in that
proposition, so back-patch.

Per buildfarm.
2017-09-08 19:04:32 -04:00
Robert Haas
6f6b99d133 Allow a partitioned table to have a default partition.
Any tuples that don't route to any other partition will route to the
default partition.

Jeevan Ladhe, Beena Emerson, Ashutosh Bapat, Rahila Syed, and Robert
Haas, with review and testing at various stages by (at least) Rushabh
Lathia, Keith Fiske, Amit Langote, Amul Sul, Rajkumar Raghuanshi, Sven
Kunze, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Thom Brown, Rafia Sabih, and Dilip Kumar.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAH2L28tbN4SYyhS7YV1YBWcitkqbhSWfQCy0G=apRcC_PEO-bg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAOG9ApEYj34fWMcvBMBQ-YtqR9fTdXhdN82QEKG0SVZ6zeL1xg@mail.gmail.com
2017-09-08 17:28:04 -04:00
Robert Haas
f0a0c17c1b Refactor get_partition_for_tuple a bit.
Pending patches for both default partitioning and hash partitioning
find the current coding pattern to be inconvenient.  Change it so that
we switch on the partitioning method first and then do whatever is
needed.

Amul Sul, reviewed by Jeevan Ladhe, with a few adjustments by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b97mTb=dG2pv6+1ougxEVZFVnZJajW+0QHj46mEE7WsoOQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAOgcT0M37CAztEinpvjJc18EdHfm23fw0EG9-36Ya=+rEFUqaQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-09-07 21:13:42 -04:00
Robert Haas
0cb8b7531d Tighten up some code in RelationBuildPartitionDesc.
This probably doesn't save anything meaningful in terms of
performance, but making the code simpler is a good idea anyway.

Code by Beena Emerson, extracted from a larger patch by Jeevan
Ladhe, slightly adjusted by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAOgcT0ONgwajdtkoq+AuYkdTPY9cLWWLjxt_k4SXue3eieAr+g@mail.gmail.com
2017-09-01 15:16:44 -04:00
Andres Freund
2cd7084524 Change tupledesc->attrs[n] to TupleDescAttr(tupledesc, n).
This is a mechanical change in preparation for a later commit that
will change the layout of TupleDesc.  Introducing a macro to abstract
the details of where attributes are stored will allow us to change
that in separate step and revise it in future.

Author: Thomas Munro, editorialized by Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=0ZtQ-SpsgCyzzYpsXS6e=kZWqk3g5Ygn3MDV7A8dabUA@mail.gmail.com
2017-08-20 11:19:07 -07:00
Robert Haas
54cde0c4c0 Don't lock tables in RelationGetPartitionDispatchInfo.
Instead, lock them in the caller using find_all_inheritors so that
they get locked in the standard order, minimizing deadlock risks.

Also in RelationGetPartitionDispatchInfo, avoid opening tables which
are not partitioned; there's no need.

Amit Langote, reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat and Amit Khandekar

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/91b36fa1-c197-b72f-ca6e-56c593bae68c@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-08-17 15:43:09 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
9b5140fb50 Correct representation of foreign tables in information schema
tables.table_type is supposed to be 'FOREIGN' rather than 'FOREIGN
TABLE' according to the SQL standard.
2017-08-16 11:03:33 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
0659465caa Include foreign tables in information_schema.table_privileges
This appears to have been an omission in the original commit
0d692a0dc9.  All related information_schema views already include
foreign tables.

Reported-by: Nicolas Thauvin <nicolas.thauvin@dalibo.com>
2017-08-15 19:27:22 -04:00
Robert Haas
e139f1953f Assorted preparatory refactoring for partition-wise join.
Instead of duplicating the logic to search for a matching
ParamPathInfo in multiple places, factor it out into a separate
function.

Pass only the relevant bits of the PartitionKey to
partition_bounds_equal instead of the whole thing, because
partition-wise join will want to call this without having a
PartitionKey available.

Adjust allow_star_schema_join and calc_nestloop_required_outer
to take relevant Relids rather than the entire Path, because
partition-wise join will want to call it with the top-parent
relids to determine whether a child join is allowable.

Ashutosh Bapat.  Review and testing of the larger patch set of which
this is a part by Amit Langote, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Rafia Sabih,
Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, and me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobQK80vtXjAsPZWWXd7c8u13G86gmuLupN+uUJjA+i4nA@mail.gmail.com
2017-08-15 12:30:38 -04:00
Tom Lane
21d304dfed Final pgindent + perltidy run for v10. 2017-08-14 17:29:33 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
a1ef920e27 Remove uses of "slave" in replication contexts
This affects mostly code comments, some documentation, and tests.
Official APIs already used "standby".
2017-08-10 22:55:41 -04:00
Robert Haas
bb5d6e80b1 Improve the error message when creating an empty range partition.
The previous message didn't mention the name of the table or the
bounds.  Put the table name in the primary error message and the
bounds in the detail message.

Amit Langote, changed slightly by me.  Suggestions on the exac
phrasing from Tom Lane, David G. Johnston, and Dean Rasheed.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmoae6bpwVa-1BMaVcwvCCeOoJ5B9Q9-RHWo-1gJxfPBZ5Q@mail.gmail.com
2017-08-10 13:46:56 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
cdc47d1f39 Update SQL features list 2017-08-07 14:30:24 -04:00
Noah Misch
e568e1eee4 Again match pg_user_mappings to information_schema.user_mapping_options.
Commit 3eefc51053 claimed to make
pg_user_mappings enforce the qualifications user_mapping_options had
been enforcing, but its removal of a longstanding restriction left them
distinct when the current user is the subject of a mapping yet has no
server privileges.  user_mapping_options emits no rows for such a
mapping, but pg_user_mappings includes full umoptions.  Change
pg_user_mappings to show null for umoptions.  Back-patch to 9.2, like
the above commit.

Reviewed by Tom Lane.  Reported by Jeff Janes.

Security: CVE-2017-7547
2017-08-07 07:09:28 -07:00
Tom Lane
c30f1770a9 Apply ALTER ... SET NOT NULL recursively in ALTER ... ADD PRIMARY KEY.
If you do ALTER COLUMN SET NOT NULL against an inheritance parent table,
it will recurse to mark all the child columns as NOT NULL as well.  This
is necessary for consistency: if the column is labeled NOT NULL then
reading it should never produce nulls.

However, that didn't happen in the case where ALTER ... ADD PRIMARY KEY
marks a target column NOT NULL that wasn't before.  That was questionable
from the beginning, and now Tushar Ahuja points out that it can lead to
dump/restore failures in some cases.  So let's make that case recurse too.

Although this is meant to fix a bug, it's enough of a behavioral change
that I'm pretty hesitant to back-patch, especially in view of the lack
of similar field complaints.  It doesn't seem to be too late to put it
into v10 though.

Michael Paquier, editorialized on slightly by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b8794d6a-38f0-9d7c-ad4b-e85adf860fc9@enterprisedb.com
2017-08-04 11:45:18 -04:00
Robert Haas
610e8ebb0f Teach map_partition_varattnos to handle whole-row expressions.
Otherwise, partitioned tables with RETURNING expressions or subject
to a WITH CHECK OPTION do not work properly.

Amit Langote, reviewed by Amit Khandekar and Etsuro Fujita.  A few
comment changes by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/9a39df80-871e-6212-0684-f93c83be4097@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-08-03 11:21:29 -04:00
Dean Rasheed
4de6216877 Comment fix for partition_rbound_cmp().
This was an oversight in d363d42.

Beena Emerson
2017-08-01 09:40:45 +01:00
Tom Lane
278cb43411 Be more consistent about errors for opfamily member lookup failures.
Add error checks in some places that were calling get_opfamily_member
or get_opfamily_proc and just assuming that the call could never fail.
Also, standardize the wording for such errors in some other places.

None of these errors are expected in normal use, hence they're just
elog not ereport.  But they may be handy for diagnosing omissions in
custom opclasses.

Rushabh Lathia found the oversight in RelationBuildPartitionKey();
I found the others by grepping for all callers of these functions.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGPqQf2R9Nk8htpv0FFi+FP776EwMyGuORpc9zYkZKC8sFQE3g@mail.gmail.com
2017-07-24 11:23:27 -04:00
Dean Rasheed
d363d42bb9 Use MINVALUE/MAXVALUE instead of UNBOUNDED for range partition bounds.
Previously, UNBOUNDED meant no lower bound when used in the FROM list,
and no upper bound when used in the TO list, which was OK for
single-column range partitioning, but problematic with multiple
columns. For example, an upper bound of (10.0, UNBOUNDED) would not be
collocated with a lower bound of (10.0, UNBOUNDED), thus making it
difficult or impossible to define contiguous multi-column range
partitions in some cases.

Fix this by using MINVALUE and MAXVALUE instead of UNBOUNDED to
represent a partition column that is unbounded below or above
respectively. This syntax removes any ambiguity, and ensures that if
one partition's lower bound equals another partition's upper bound,
then the partitions are contiguous.

Also drop the constraint prohibiting finite values after an unbounded
column, and just document the fact that any values after MINVALUE or
MAXVALUE are ignored. Previously it was necessary to repeat UNBOUNDED
multiple times, which was needlessly verbose.

Note: Forces a post-PG 10 beta2 initdb.

Report by Amul Sul, original patch by Amit Langote with some
additional hacking by me.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b947mowpLdxL3jo3YLKngRjrq9+Ej4ymduQTfYR+8=YAYQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-07-21 09:20:47 +01:00
Tom Lane
decb08ebdf Code review for NextValueExpr expression node type.
Add missing infrastructure for this node type, notably in ruleutils.c where
its lack could demonstrably cause EXPLAIN to fail.  Add outfuncs/readfuncs
support.  (outfuncs support is useful today for debugging purposes.  The
readfuncs support may never be needed, since at present it would only
matter for parallel query and NextValueExpr should never appear in a
parallelizable query; but it seems like a bad idea to have a primnode type
that isn't fully supported here.)  Teach planner infrastructure that
NextValueExpr is a volatile, parallel-unsafe, non-leaky expression node
with cost cpu_operator_cost.  Given its limited scope of usage, there
*might* be no live bug today from the lack of that knowledge, but it's
certainly going to bite us on the rear someday.  Teach pg_stat_statements
about the new node type, too.

While at it, also teach cost_qual_eval() that MinMaxExpr, SQLValueFunction,
XmlExpr, and CoerceToDomain should be charged as cpu_operator_cost.
Failing to do this for SQLValueFunction was an oversight in my commit
0bb51aa96.  The others are longer-standing oversights, but no time like the
present to fix them.  (In principle, CoerceToDomain could have cost much
higher than this, but it doesn't presently seem worth trying to examine the
domain's constraints here.)

Modify execExprInterp.c to execute NextValueExpr as an out-of-line
function; it seems quite unlikely to me that it's worth insisting that
it be inlined in all expression eval methods.  Besides, providing the
out-of-line function doesn't stop anyone from inlining if they want to.

Adjust some places where NextValueExpr support had been inserted with the
aid of a dartboard rather than keeping it in the same order as elsewhere.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/23862.1499981661@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-07-14 15:25:43 -04:00
Dean Rasheed
f1dae097f2 Clarify the contract of partition_rbound_cmp().
partition_rbound_cmp() is intended to compare range partition bounds
in a way such that if all the bound values are equal but one is an
upper bound and one is a lower bound, the upper bound is treated as
smaller than the lower bound. This particular ordering is required by
RelationBuildPartitionDesc() when building the PartitionBoundInfoData,
so that it can consistently keep only the upper bounds when upper and
lower bounds coincide.

Update the function comment to make that clearer.

Also, fix a (currently unreachable) corner-case bug -- if the bound
values coincide and they contain unbounded values, fall through to the
lower-vs-upper comparison code, rather than immediately returning
0. Currently it is not possible to define coincident upper and lower
bounds containing unbounded columns, but that may change in the
future, so code defensively.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b947mowpLdxL3jo3YLKngRjrq9+Ej4ymduQTfYR+8=YAYQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-07-06 12:46:08 +01:00
Dean Rasheed
c03911d945 Simplify the logic checking new range partition bounds.
The previous logic, whilst not actually wrong, was overly complex and
involved doing two binary searches, where only one was really
necessary. This simplifies that logic and improves the comments.

One visible change is that if the new partition overlaps multiple
existing partitions, the error message now always reports the overlap
with the first existing partition (the one with the lowest
bounds). The old code would sometimes report the clash with the first
partition and sometimes with the last one.

Original patch idea from Amit Langote, substantially rewritten by me.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b947mowpLdxL3jo3YLKngRjrq9+Ej4ymduQTfYR+8=YAYQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-07-06 09:58:06 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
cb9079cd51 Improve subscription locking
This avoids "tuple concurrently updated" errors when a ALTER or DROP
SUBSCRIPTION writes to pg_subscription_rel at the same time as a worker.

Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-07-03 22:47:06 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
b295cc3b9a Fix typo in comment
Author: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
2017-06-30 15:54:39 -04:00
Robert Haas
7d4a1838ef Add missing period to comment.
Masahiko Sawada

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoA0jjXXhqK6Ym3jZNoUdVhXFyTkWTTTsVSr1vPuKcjsjA@mail.gmail.com
2017-06-30 10:01:45 -04:00
Andrew Gierth
501ed02cf6 Fix transition tables for partition/inheritance.
We disallow row-level triggers with transition tables on child tables.
Transition tables for triggers on the parent table contain only those
columns present in the parent.  (We can't mix tuple formats in a
single transition table.)

Patch by Thomas Munro

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BTgmoZzTBBAsEUh4MazAN7ga%3D8SsMC-Knp-6cetts9yNZUCcg%40mail.gmail.com
2017-06-28 18:55:03 +01:00
Tom Lane
5efccc1cb4 Avoid useless "x = ANY(ARRAY[])" test for empty partition list.
This arises in practice if the partition only admits NULL values.

Jeevan Ladhe

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOgcT0OChrN--uuqH6wG6Z8+nxnCWJ+2Q-uhnK4KOANdRRxuAw@mail.gmail.com
2017-06-26 10:43:20 -04:00
Tom Lane
ddb5fdc068 Further hacking on ICU collation creation and usage.
pg_import_system_collations() refused to create any ICU collations if
the current database's encoding didn't support ICU.  This is wrongheaded:
initdb must initialize pg_collation in an encoding-independent way
since it might be used in other databases with different encodings.
The reason for the restriction seems to be that get_icu_locale_comment()
used icu_from_uchar() to convert the UChar-format display name, and that
unsurprisingly doesn't know what to do in unsupported encodings.
But by the same token that the initial catalog contents must be
encoding-independent, we can't allow non-ASCII characters in the comment
strings.  So we don't really need icu_from_uchar() here: just check for
Unicode codes outside the ASCII range, and if there are none, the format
conversion is trivial.  If there are some, we can simply not install the
comment.  (In my testing, this affects only Norwegian Bokmål, which has
given us trouble before.)

For paranoia's sake, also check for non-ASCII characters in ICU locale
names, and skip such locales, as we do for libc locales.  I don't
currently have a reason to believe that this will ever reject anything,
but then again the libc maintainers should have known better too.

With just the import changes, ICU collations can be found in pg_collation
in databases with unsupported encodings.  This resulted in more or less
clean failures at runtime, but that's not how things act for unsupported
encodings with libc collations.  Make it work the same as our traditional
behavior for libc collations by having collation lookup take into account
whether is_encoding_supported_by_icu().

Adjust documentation to match.  Also, expand Table 23.1 to show which
encodings are supported by ICU.

catversion bump because of likely change in pg_collation/pg_description
initial contents in ICU-enabled builds.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20c74bc3-d6ca-243d-1bbc-12f17fa4fe9a@gmail.com
2017-06-24 13:54:23 -04:00
Tom Lane
0b13b2a771 Rethink behavior of pg_import_system_collations().
Marco Atzeri reported that initdb would fail if "locale -a" reported
the same locale name more than once.  All previous versions of Postgres
implicitly de-duplicated the results of "locale -a", but the rewrite
to move the collation import logic into C had lost that property.
It had also lost the property that locale names matching built-in
collation names were silently ignored.

The simplest way to fix this is to make initdb run the function in
if-not-exists mode, which means that there's no real use-case for
non if-not-exists mode; we might as well just drop the boolean argument
and simplify the function's definition to be "add any collations not
already known".  This change also gets rid of some odd corner cases
caused by the fact that aliases were added in if-not-exists mode even
if the function argument said otherwise.

While at it, adjust the behavior so that pg_import_system_collations()
doesn't spew "collation foo already exists, skipping" messages during a
re-run; that's completely unhelpful, especially since there are often
hundreds of them.  And make it return a count of the number of collations
it did add, which seems like it might be helpful.

Also, re-integrate the previous coding's property that it would make a
deterministic selection of which alias to use if there were conflicting
possibilities.  This would only come into play if "locale -a" reports
multiple equivalent locale names, say "de_DE.utf8" and "de_DE.UTF-8",
but that hardly seems out of the question.

In passing, fix incorrect behavior in pg_import_system_collations()'s
ICU code path: it neglected CommandCounterIncrement, which would result
in failures if ICU returns duplicate names, and it would try to create
comments even if a new collation hadn't been created.

Also, reorder operations in initdb so that the 'ucs_basic' collation
is created before calling pg_import_system_collations() not after.
This prevents a failure if "locale -a" were to report a locale named
that.  There's no reason to think that that ever happens in the wild,
but the old coding would have survived it, so let's be equally robust.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20c74bc3-d6ca-243d-1bbc-12f17fa4fe9a@gmail.com
2017-06-23 14:19:58 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
f0415a30e0 Fix typo in comment
Author: Masahiko Sawada
2017-06-22 15:37:30 +02:00
Tom Lane
382ceffdf7 Phase 3 of pgindent updates.
Don't move parenthesized lines to the left, even if that means they
flow past the right margin.

By default, BSD indent lines up statement continuation lines that are
within parentheses so that they start just to the right of the preceding
left parenthesis.  However, traditionally, if that resulted in the
continuation line extending to the right of the desired right margin,
then indent would push it left just far enough to not overrun the margin,
if it could do so without making the continuation line start to the left of
the current statement indent.  That makes for a weird mix of indentations
unless one has been completely rigid about never violating the 80-column
limit.

This behavior has been pretty universally panned by Postgres developers.
Hence, disable it with indent's new -lpl switch, so that parenthesized
lines are always lined up with the preceding left paren.

This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent
changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 15:35:54 -04:00
Tom Lane
c7b8998ebb Phase 2 of pgindent updates.
Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments
to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments
following #endif to not obey the general rule.

Commit e3860ffa4d wasn't actually using
the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that
tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of
code.  The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be
moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's
code there.  BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops
in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working
in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs.  So the
net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed
one tab stop left of before.  This is better all around: it leaves
more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such
cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after
the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after.

Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same
as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else.
That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage
from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent.

This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent
changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 15:19:25 -04:00
Tom Lane
e3860ffa4d Initial pgindent run with pg_bsd_indent version 2.0.
The new indent version includes numerous fixes thanks to Piotr Stefaniak.
The main changes visible in this commit are:

* Nicer formatting of function-pointer declarations.
* No longer unexpectedly removes spaces in expressions using casts,
  sizeof, or offsetof.
* No longer wants to add a space in "struct structname *varname", as
  well as some similar cases for const- or volatile-qualified pointers.
* Declarations using PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY are formatted more nicely.
* Fixes bug where comments following declarations were sometimes placed
  with no space separating them from the code.
* Fixes some odd decisions for comments following case labels.
* Fixes some cases where comments following code were indented to less
  than the expected column 33.

On the less good side, it now tends to put more whitespace around typedef
names that are not listed in typedefs.list.  This might encourage us to
put more effort into typedef name collection; it's not really a bug in
indent itself.

There are more changes coming after this round, having to do with comment
indentation and alignment of lines appearing within parentheses.  I wanted
to limit the size of the diffs to something that could be reviewed without
one's eyes completely glazing over, so it seemed better to split up the
changes as much as practical.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 14:39:04 -04:00
Tom Lane
9ef2dbefc7 Final pgindent run with old pg_bsd_indent (version 1.3).
This is just to have a clean basis for comparison with the results of
the new version (which will indeed end up reverting some of these
changes...)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 14:09:24 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
15c91568cf Fix typo in code comment
Author: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
2017-06-20 14:32:01 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
a2141c42f9 Tweak publication fetching in psql
Viewing a table with \d in psql also shows the publications at table is
in.  If a publication is concurrently dropped, this shows an error,
because the view pg_publication_tables internally uses
pg_get_publication_tables(), which uses a catalog snapshot.  This can be
particularly annoying if a for-all-tables publication is concurrently
dropped.

To avoid that, write the query in psql differently.  Expose the function
pg_relation_is_publishable() to SQL and write the query using that.
That still has a risk of being affected by concurrent catalog changes,
but in this case it would be a table drop that causes problems, and then
the psql \d command wouldn't be interesting anymore anyway.

Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2017-06-20 12:35:02 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
b6966d4627 Use DEFACLOBJ_ macros in error message instead of hardcoding 2017-06-14 14:44:24 -04:00
Tom Lane
a571c7f661 Fix violations of CatalogTupleInsert/Update/Delete abstraction.
In commits 2f5c9d9c9 and ab0289651 we invented an abstraction layer
to insulate catalog manipulations from direct heap update calls.
But evidently some patches that hadn't landed in-tree at that point
didn't get the memo completely.  Fix a couple of direct calls to
simple_heap_delete to use CatalogTupleDelete instead; these appear
to have been added in commits 7c4f52409 and 7b504eb28.  This change is
purely cosmetic ATM, but there's no point in having an abstraction layer
if we allow random code to break it.

Masahiko Sawada and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDOPRSVcwbnCN3Y1n_68ATyTspsU6=ygtHz_uY0VcdZ8A@mail.gmail.com
2017-06-14 10:26:46 -04:00
Tom Lane
0436f6bde8 Disallow set-returning functions inside CASE or COALESCE.
When we reimplemented SRFs in commit 69f4b9c85, our initial choice was
to allow the behavior to vary from historical practice in cases where a
SRF call appeared within a conditional-execution construct (currently,
only CASE or COALESCE).  But that was controversial to begin with, and
subsequent discussion has resulted in a consensus that it's better to
throw an error instead of executing the query differently from before,
so long as we can provide a reasonably clear error message and a way to
rewrite the query.

Hence, add a parser mechanism to allow detection of such cases during
parse analysis.  The mechanism just requires storing, in the ParseState,
a pointer to the set-returning FuncExpr or OpExpr most recently emitted
by parse analysis.  Then the parsing functions for CASE and COALESCE can
detect the presence of a SRF in their arguments by noting whether this
pointer changes while analyzing their arguments.  Furthermore, if it does,
it provides a suitable error cursor location for the complaint.  (This
means that if there's more than one SRF in the arguments, the error will
point at the last one to be analyzed not the first.  While connoisseurs of
parsing behavior might find that odd, it's unlikely the average user would
ever notice.)

While at it, we can also provide more specific error messages than before
about some pre-existing restrictions, such as no-SRFs-within-aggregates.
Also, reject at parse time cases where a NULLIF or IS DISTINCT FROM
construct would need to return a set.  We've never supported that, but the
restriction is depended on in more subtle ways now, so it seems wise to
detect it at the start.

Also, provide some documentation about how to rewrite a SRF-within-CASE
query using a custom wrapper SRF.

It turns out that the information_schema.user_mapping_options view
contained an instance of exactly the behavior we're now forbidding; but
rewriting it makes it more clear and safer too.

initdb forced because of user_mapping_options change.

Patch by me, with error message suggestions from Alvaro Herrera and
Andres Freund, pursuant to a complaint from Regina Obe.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/000001d2d5de$d8d66170$8a832450$@pcorp.us
2017-06-13 23:46:39 -04:00
Tom Lane
651902deb1 Re-run pgindent.
This is just to have a clean base state for testing of Piotr Stefaniak's
latest version of FreeBSD indent.  I fixed up a couple of places where
pgindent would have changed format not-nicely.  perltidy not included.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/VI1PR03MB119959F4B65F000CA7CD9F6BF2CC0@VI1PR03MB1199.eurprd03.prod.outlook.com
2017-06-13 13:05:59 -04:00
Robert Haas
096f1ccd52 Always initialize PartitionBoundInfoData's null_index.
This doesn't actually matter at present, because the current code
never consults null_index for range partitions.  However, leaving
it uninitialized is still a bad idea, so let's not do that.

Amul Sul, reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b94AkEzcx+12ySCnbMDX7=UdF4BjnoBGfMQbB0RNSTo3Ng@mail.gmail.com
2017-06-13 12:39:20 -04:00
Tom Lane
7332c3cbb3 Assert that we don't invent relfilenodes or type OIDs in binary upgrade.
During pg_upgrade's restore run, all relfilenode choices should be
overridden by commands in the dump script.  If we ever find ourselves
choosing a relfilenode in the ordinary way, someone blew it.  Likewise for
pg_type OIDs.  Since pg_upgrade might well succeed anyway, if there happens
not to be a conflict during the regression test run, we need assertions
here to keep us on the straight and narrow.

We might someday be able to remove the assertion in GetNewRelFileNode,
if pg_upgrade is rewritten to remove its assumption that old and new
relfilenodes always match.  But it's hard to see how to get rid of the
pg_type OID constraint, since those OIDs are embedded in user tables
in some cases.

Back-patch as far as 9.5, because of the risk of back-patches breaking
something here even if it works in HEAD.  I'd prefer to go back further,
but 9.4 fails both assertions due to get_rel_infos()'s use of a temporary
table.  We can't use the later-branch solution of a CTE for compatibility
reasons (cf commit 5d16332e9), and it doesn't seem worth inventing some
other way to do the query.  (I did check, by dint of changing the Asserts
to elog(WARNING), that there are no other cases of unwanted OID assignments
during 9.4's regression test run.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19785.1497215827@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-12 20:04:32 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
644ea35fc1 Fix updating of pg_subscription_rel from workers
A logical replication worker should not insert new rows into
pg_subscription_rel, only update existing rows, so that there are no
races if a concurrent refresh removes rows.  Adjust the API to be able
to choose that behavior.

Author: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reported-by: tushar <tushar.ahuja@enterprisedb.com>
2017-06-07 13:49:14 -04:00
Robert Haas
2186b608b3 Clean up partcollation handling for OID 0.
Consistent with what we do for indexes, we shouldn't try to record
dependencies on collation OID 0 or the default collation OID (which
is pinned).  Also, the fact that indcollation and partcollation can
contain zero OIDs when the data type is not collatable should be
documented.

Amit Langote, per a complaint from me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmoba5mtPgM3NKfG06vv8na5gGbVOj0h4zvivXQwLw8wXXQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-06-06 11:07:20 -04:00
Tom Lane
e7941a9766 Replace over-optimistic Assert in partitioning code with a runtime test.
get_partition_parent felt that it could simply Assert that systable_getnext
found a tuple.  This is unlike any other caller of that function, and it's
unsafe IMO --- in fact, the reason I noticed it was that the Assert failed.
(OK, I was working with known-inconsistent catalog contents, but I wasn't
expecting the DB to fall over quite that violently.  The behavior in a
non-assert-enabled build wouldn't be very nice, either.)  Fix it to do what
other callers do, namely an actual runtime-test-and-elog.

Also, standardize the wording of elog messages that are complaining about
unexpected failure of systable_getnext.  90% of them say "could not find
tuple for <object>", so make the remainder do likewise.  Many of the
holdouts were using the phrasing "cache lookup failed", which is outright
misleading since no catcache search is involved.
2017-06-04 16:20:03 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
55a70a023c Assorted translatable string fixes
Mark our rusage reportage string translatable; remove quotes from type
names; unify formatting of very similar messages.
2017-06-04 11:41:16 -04:00
Tom Lane
d5cb3bab56 Fix improper quoting of format_type_be() output.
Per our message style guidelines, error messages incorporating the
results of format_type_be() and its siblings should not add quotes
around those results, because those functions already add quotes
at need.  Fix a few places that hadn't gotten that memo.
2017-05-29 21:48:26 -04:00
Tom Lane
dced55dafe More code review for get_qual_for_list().
Avoid trashing the input PartitionBoundSpec; while that might be safe for
current callers, it's certainly trouble waiting to happen.  In the same
vein, make sure that all of the result data structure is freshly palloc'd,
rather than some of it being pointers into the input data structures
(which we don't know the lifespans of).

Simplify the logic for tacking on IS NULL or IS NOT NULL conditions some
more; commit 85c2b9a15 left a lot on the table there.  And rearrange the
construction of the nodes into (what seems to me) a more logical order.

In passing, make sure that get_qual_for_range() also returns a freshly
palloc'd structure, since there's no value in having that guarantee for
only one kind of partitioning.  And improve some comments there.

Jeevan Ladhe, with further tweaking by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOgcT0MAcYoMs93W80iTUf_dP36=1mZQzeUk+nnwY_-qWDrCfw@mail.gmail.com
2017-05-29 14:24:28 -04:00
Tom Lane
76a3df6e5e Code review focused on new node types added by partitioning support.
Fix failure to check that we got a plain Const from const-simplification of
a coercion request.  This is the cause of bug #14666 from Tian Bing: there
is an int4 to money cast, but it's only stable not immutable (because of
dependence on lc_monetary), resulting in a FuncExpr that the code was
miserably unequipped to deal with, or indeed even to notice that it was
failing to deal with.  Add test cases around this coercion behavior.

In view of the above, sprinkle the code liberally with castNode() macros,
in hope of catching the next such bug a bit sooner.  Also, change some
functions that were randomly declared to take Node* to take more specific
pointer types.  And change some struct fields that were declared Node*
but could be given more specific types, allowing removal of assorted
explicit casts.

Place PARTITION_MAX_KEYS check a bit closer to the code it's protecting.
Likewise check only-one-key-for-list-partitioning restriction in a less
random place.

Avoid not-per-project-style usages like !strcmp(...).

Fix assorted failures to avoid scribbling on the input of parse
transformation.  I'm not sure how necessary this is, but it's entirely
silly for these functions to be expending cycles to avoid that and not
getting it right.

Add guards against partitioning on system columns.

Put backend/nodes/ support code into an order that matches handling
of these node types elsewhere.

Annotate the fact that somebody added location fields to PartitionBoundSpec
and PartitionRangeDatum but forgot to handle them in
outfuncs.c/readfuncs.c.  This is fairly harmless for production purposes
(since readfuncs.c would just substitute -1 anyway) but it's still bogus.
It's not worth forcing a post-beta1 initdb just to fix this, but if we
have another reason to force initdb before 10.0, we should go back and
clean this up.

Contrariwise, somebody added location fields to PartitionElem and
PartitionSpec but forgot to teach exprLocation() about them.

Consolidate duplicative code in transformPartitionBound().

Improve a couple of error messages.

Improve assorted commentary.

Re-pgindent the files touched by this patch; this affects a few comment
blocks that must have been added quite recently.

Report: https://postgr.es/m/20170524024550.29935.14396@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2017-05-28 23:20:28 -04:00
Tom Lane
94aced8cd0 Move autogenerated array types out of the way during ALTER ... RENAME.
Commit 9aa3c782c added code to allow CREATE TABLE/CREATE TYPE to not fail
when the desired type name conflicts with an autogenerated array type, by
dint of renaming the array type out of the way.  But I (tgl) overlooked
that the same case arises in ALTER TABLE/TYPE RENAME.  Fix that too.
Back-patch to all supported branches.

Report and patch by Vik Fearing, modified a bit by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0f4ade49-4f0b-a9a3-c120-7589f01d1eb8@2ndquadrant.com
2017-05-26 15:16:59 -04:00
Robert Haas
85c2b9a15a Code review of get_qual_for_list.
We need not consider the case where both nulltest1 and nulltest2 are
NULL; the partition either accepts nulls or it does not.

Jeevan Ladhe.  I added an assertion.
2017-05-24 16:45:58 -04:00
Robert Haas
3ec76ff1f2 Don't explicitly mark range partitioning columns NOT NULL.
This seemed like a good idea originally because there's no way to mark
a range partition as accepting NULL, but that now seems more like a
current limitation than something we want to lock down for all time.
For example, there's a proposal to add the notion of a default
partition which accepts all rows not otherwise routed, which directly
conflicts with the idea that a range-partitioned table should never
allow nulls anywhere.  So let's change this while we still can, by
putting the NOT NULL test into the partition constraint instead of
changing the column properties.

Amit Langote and Robert Haas, reviewed by Amit Kapila

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/8e2dd63d-c6fb-bb74-3c2b-ed6d63629c9d@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-05-18 13:49:31 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
ce55481032 Post-PG 10 beta1 pgperltidy run 2017-05-17 19:01:23 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
a6fd7b7a5f Post-PG 10 beta1 pgindent run
perltidy run not included.
2017-05-17 16:31:56 -04:00
Robert Haas
b2e4399baa Code review for make_partition_op_expr.
It's better to use the actual keynum here rather than 0, because
someday someone might try to make list partitioning work with
multiple partitioning columns.

Jeevan Ladhe

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAOgcT0M6-mx+dSX47JGJuJP1CKr4XssBFVmKNETt0OZYWpFr+w@mail.gmail.com
2017-05-17 14:31:48 -04:00
Robert Haas
236d6d462d Remove redundant has_null member from PartitionBoundInfoData.
Jeevan Ladhe, with some changes by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAOgcT0NZ_30-pjBpW2OgneV1ammArHkZDZ8B_KFC3q+_Xb2H9A@mail.gmail.com
2017-05-17 12:50:01 -04:00
Tom Lane
c079673dcb Preventive maintenance in advance of pgindent run.
Reformat various places in which pgindent will make a mess, and
fix a few small violations of coding style that I happened to notice
while perusing the diffs from a pgindent dry run.

There is one actual bug fix here: the need-to-enlarge-the-buffer code
path in icu_convert_case was obviously broken.  Perhaps it's unreachable
in our usage?  Or maybe this is just sadly undertested.
2017-05-16 20:36:35 -04:00
Tom Lane
ddd243584a Fix leakage of memory context header in find_all_inheritors().
Commit 827d6f977 contained the same misunderstanding of hash_create's API
as commit 090010f2e.  As in 5d00b764c, remove the unnecessary layer of
memory context.  (This bug is less significant than the other one, since
the extra context would be under a relatively short-lived context, but
it's still a bug.)
2017-05-16 19:33:31 -04:00
Robert Haas
edbe2a2936 Attempt to fix compiler warning.
Per a report from Tom Lane, newer versions of gcc apparently think
that partexprs_item_saved can be used uninitialized.  Try to convince
them otherwise.
2017-05-14 20:59:28 -04:00
Tom Lane
e84c019598 Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases.
Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some
related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone
adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places.

In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration
of enum ObjectClass.  OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code
that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 13:32:59 -04:00
Tom Lane
f04c9a6146 Standardize terminology for pg_statistic_ext entries.
Consistently refer to such an entry as a "statistics object", not just
"statistics" or "extended statistics".  Previously we had a mismash of
terms, accompanied by utter confusion as to whether the term was
singular or plural.  That's not only grating (at least to the ear of
a native English speaker) but could be outright misleading, eg in error
messages that seemed to be referring to multiple objects where only one
could be meant.

This commit fixes the code and a lot of comments (though I may have
missed a few).  I also renamed two new SQL functions,
pg_get_statisticsextdef -> pg_get_statisticsobjdef
pg_statistic_ext_is_visible -> pg_statistics_obj_is_visible
to conform better with this terminology.

I have not touched the SGML docs other than fixing those function
names; the docs certainly need work but it seems like a separable task.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22676.1494557205@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-05-14 10:55:01 -04:00
Robert Haas
1848b73d45 Teach \d+ to show partitioning constraints.
The fact that we didn't have this in the first place is likely why
the problem fixed by f8bffe9e6d
escaped detection.

Patch by Amit Langote, reviewed and slightly adjusted by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYWnV2GMnYLG-Czsix-E1WGAbo4D+0tx7t9NdfYBDMFsA@mail.gmail.com
2017-05-13 12:04:53 -04:00
Robert Haas
f8bffe9e6d Fix multi-column range partitioning constraints.
The old logic was just plain wrong.

Report by Olaf Gawenda.  Patch by Amit Langote, reviewed by
Beena Emerson and by me.  Minor adjustments by me also.
2017-05-13 11:36:41 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
d99d58cdc8 Complete tab completion for DROP STATISTICS
Tab-completing DROP STATISTICS would only work if you started writing
the schema name containing the statistics object, because the visibility
clause was missing.  To add it, we need to add SQL-callable support for
testing visibility of a statistics object, like all other object types
already have.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22676.1494557205@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-05-13 01:05:48 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
5e2af609e1 getObjectDescription: support extended statistics
This was missed in 7b504eb282.

Remove the "default:" clause in the switch, to avoid this problem in the
future.  Other switches involving the same enum should probably be
changed in the same way, but are not touched by this patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512204800.iqt2uwyx3c32j45r@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-12 19:22:50 -03:00
Tom Lane
928c4de309 Fix dependencies for extended statistics objects.
A stats object ought to have a dependency on each individual column
it reads, not the entire table.  Doing this honestly lets us get rid
of the hard-wired logic in RemoveStatisticsExt, which seems to have
been misguidedly modeled on RemoveStatistics; and it will be far easier
to extend to multiple tables later.

Also, add overlooked dependency on owner, and make the dependency on
schema be NORMAL like every other such dependency.

There remains some unfinished work here, which is to allow statistics
objects to be extension members.  That takes more effort than just
adding the dependency call, though, so I left it out for now.

initdb forced because this changes the set of pg_depend records that
should exist for a statistics object.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22676.1494557205@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-05-12 16:26:31 -04:00
Tom Lane
d10c626de4 Rename WAL-related functions and views to use "lsn" not "location".
Per discussion, "location" is a rather vague term that could refer to
multiple concepts.  "LSN" is an unambiguous term for WAL locations and
should be preferred.  Some function names, view column names, and function
output argument names used "lsn" already, but others used "location",
as well as yet other terms such as "wal_position".  Since we've already
renamed a lot of things in this area from "xlog" to "wal" for v10,
we may as well incur a bit more compatibility pain and make these names
all consistent.

David Rowley, minor additional docs hacking by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f8O0njDKe8ePFQ-LK5-EjwThsDws6ohJ-+c6nWK+oUxtg@mail.gmail.com
2017-05-11 11:49:59 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
013c1178fd Remove the NODROP SLOT option from DROP SUBSCRIPTION
It turned out this approach had problems, because a DROP command should
not have any options other than CASCADE and RESTRICT.  Instead, always
attempt to drop the slot if there is one configured, but also add an
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION action to set the slot to NONE.

Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/29431.1493730652@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-05-09 10:20:42 -04:00
Noah Misch
3eefc51053 Match pg_user_mappings limits to information_schema.user_mapping_options.
Both views replace the umoptions field with NULL when the user does not
meet qualifications to see it.  They used different qualifications, and
pg_user_mappings documented qualifications did not match its implemented
qualifications.  Make its documentation and implementation match those
of user_mapping_options.  One might argue for stronger qualifications,
but these have long, documented tenure.  pg_user_mappings has always
exhibited this problem, so back-patch to 9.2 (all supported versions).

Michael Paquier and Feike Steenbergen.  Reviewed by Jeff Janes.
Reported by Andrew Wheelwright.

Security: CVE-2017-7486
2017-05-08 07:24:24 -07:00
Robert Haas
0d1e1f0ea4 Fix typos in comments.
Etsuro Fujita

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/00e88999-684d-d79a-70e4-908c937a0126@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-05-02 14:47:46 -04:00
Robert Haas
c1e0e7e1d7 Speed up dropping tables with many partitions.
We need to lock the parent, but we don't need a relcache entry
for it.

Gao Zeng Qi, reviewed by Amit Langote

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFmBtr0ukqJjRJEhPWL5wt4rNMrJUUxggVAGXPR3SyYh3E+HDQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-04-28 14:02:24 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
e495c1683f Spelling fixes in code comments
Author: Euler Taveira <euler@timbira.com.br>
2017-04-26 12:07:11 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
594b526bcf Modify message when partitioned table is added to publication
Give a more specific error message than "xyz is not a table".

Also document in CREATE PUBLICATION which kinds of relations are not
supported.

based on patch by Amit Langote <Langote_Amit_f8@lab.ntt.co.jp>
2017-04-20 14:18:33 -04:00
Simon Riggs
123aaffb5b Fix minor typo in comment
Reported-by: Amit Langote
2017-04-18 11:57:11 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera
ee6922112e Rename columns in new pg_statistic_ext catalog
The new catalog reused a column prefix "sta" from pg_statistic, but this
is undesirable, so change the catalog to use prefix "stx" instead.
Also, rename the column that lists enabled statistic kinds as "stxkind"
rather than "enabled".

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_2t5jhSN7huYRFH3w3rrHfG2QU7hiUHsu-Vdjd1rYT3w@mail.gmail.com
2017-04-17 18:34:29 -03:00
Fujii Masao
9e0e5550c5 Fix typos in comment and log message. 2017-04-18 03:19:39 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
887227a1cc Add option to modify sync commit per subscription
This also changes default behaviour of subscription workers to
synchronous_commit = off.

Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-04-14 13:58:46 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
25371a72b9 Remove pstrdup of TextDatumGetCString
The result of TextDatumGetCString is already palloc'ed.
2017-04-14 12:54:09 -04:00
Tom Lane
5e39f06cfe Move bootstrap-time lookup of regproc OIDs into genbki.pl.
Formerly, the bootstrap backend looked up the OIDs corresponding to
names in regproc catalog entries using brute-force searches of pg_proc.
It was somewhat remarkable that that worked at all, since it was used
while populating other pretty-fundamental catalogs like pg_operator.
And it was also quite slow, and getting slower as pg_proc gets bigger.

This patch moves the lookup work into genbki.pl, so that the values in
postgres.bki for regproc columns are always numeric OIDs, an option
that regprocin() already supported.  Perl isn't the world's speediest
language, so this about doubles the time needed to run genbki.pl (from
0.3 to 0.6 sec on my machine).  But we only do that at most once per
build.  The time needed to run initdb drops significantly --- on my
machine, initdb --no-sync goes from 1.8 to 1.3 seconds.  So this is
a small net win even for just one initdb per build, and it becomes
quite a nice win for test sequences requiring many initdb runs.

Strip out the now-dead code for brute-force catalog searching in
regprocin.  We'd also cargo-culted similar logic into regoperin
and some (not all) of the other reg*in functions.  That is all
dead code too since we currently have no need to load such values
during bootstrap.  I removed it all, reasoning that if we ever
need such functionality it'd be much better to do it in a similar
way to this patch.

There might be some simplifications possible in the backend now that
regprocin doesn't require doing catalog reads so early in bootstrap.
I've not looked into that, though.

Andreas Karlsson, with some small adjustments by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30896.1492006367@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-04-13 12:07:57 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
3d5facfd9a Remove pg_stats_ext view
It was created as equivalent of pg_stats, but since the code underlying
pg_statistic_ext is more convenient than the one for pg_statistic,
pg_stats_ext is no longer useful.

Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9zAkPUf9nQrqpFBAsrOHvb5eYa2FVNsmCJy1wegcO_TQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-04-13 11:35:22 -03:00
Robert Haas
258cef1254 Fix possibile deadlock when dropping partitions.
heap_drop_with_catalog and RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation should
lock the parent before locking the target relation.

Amit Langote

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/29588799-a8ce-b0a2-3dae-f39ff6d35922@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-04-11 09:08:36 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
521fd4795e Use weaker locks when updating pg_subscription_rel
The previously used ShareRowExclusiveLock, while technically probably
more correct, led to deadlocks during seemingly unrelated operations and
thus a poor experience.  Use RowExclusiveLock, like for most similar
catalog operations.  In some care cases, the user might see an error
from DDL commands.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/13592.1490851519%40sss.pgh.pa.us

Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-04-10 15:08:14 -04:00
Tom Lane
8f0530f580 Improve castNode notation by introducing list-extraction-specific variants.
This extends the castNode() notation introduced by commit 5bcab1114 to
provide, in one step, extraction of a list cell's pointer and coercion to
a concrete node type.  For example, "lfirst_node(Foo, lc)" is the same
as "castNode(Foo, lfirst(lc))".  Almost half of the uses of castNode
that have appeared so far include a list extraction call, so this is
pretty widely useful, and it saves a few more keystrokes compared to the
old way.

As with the previous patch, back-patch the addition of these macros to
pg_list.h, so that the notation will be available when back-patching.

Patch by me, after an idea of Andrew Gierth's.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14197.1491841216@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-04-10 13:51:53 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
28afad5c85 Fix compiler warning
on MSVC 2010

Author: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-04-07 17:37:12 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
5f21f5292c Mark immutable functions in information schema as parallel safe
Also add opr_sanity check that all preloaded immutable functions are
parallel safe.  (Per discussion, this does not necessarily have to be
true for all possible such functions, but deviations would be unlikely
enough that maintaining such a test is reasonable.)

Reported-by: David Rowley <david.rowley@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2017-04-06 14:30:13 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
3217327053 Identity columns
This is the SQL standard-conforming variant of PostgreSQL's serial
columns.  It fixes a few usability issues that serial columns have:

- CREATE TABLE / LIKE copies default but refers to same sequence
- cannot add/drop serialness with ALTER TABLE
- dropping default does not drop sequence
- need to grant separate privileges to sequence
- other slight weirdnesses because serial is some kind of special macro

Reviewed-by: Vitaly Burovoy <vitaly.burovoy@gmail.com>
2017-04-06 08:41:37 -04:00
Simon Riggs
2686ee1b7c Collect and use multi-column dependency stats
Follow on patch in the multi-variate statistics patch series.

CREATE STATISTICS s1 WITH (dependencies) ON (a, b) FROM t;
ANALYZE;
will collect dependency stats on (a, b) and then use the measured
dependency in subsequent query planning.

Commit 7b504eb282 added
CREATE STATISTICS with n-distinct coefficients. These are now
specified using the mutually exclusive option WITH (ndistinct).

Author: Tomas Vondra, David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro HORIGUCHI, Álvaro Herrera, Dean Rasheed, Robert Haas
and many other comments and contributions
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/56f40b20-c464-fad2-ff39-06b668fac47c@2ndquadrant.com
2017-04-05 18:00:42 -04:00
Kevin Grittner
18ce3a4ab2 Add infrastructure to support EphemeralNamedRelation references.
A QueryEnvironment concept is added, which allows new types of
objects to be passed into queries from parsing on through
execution.  At this point, the only thing implemented is a
collection of EphemeralNamedRelation objects -- relations which
can be referenced by name in queries, but do not exist in the
catalogs.  The only type of ENR implemented is NamedTuplestore, but
provision is made to add more types fairly easily.

An ENR can carry its own TupleDesc or reference a relation in the
catalogs by relid.

Although these features can be used without SPI, convenience
functions are added to SPI so that ENRs can easily be used by code
run through SPI.

The initial use of all this is going to be transition tables in
AFTER triggers, but that will be added to each PL as a separate
commit.

An incidental effect of this patch is to produce a more informative
error message if an attempt is made to modify the contents of a CTE
from a referencing DML statement.  No tests previously covered that
possibility, so one is added.

Kevin Grittner and Thomas Munro
Reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas, David Fetter, and Thomas Munro
with valuable comments and suggestions from many others
2017-03-31 23:17:18 -05:00
Robert Haas
c94e6942ce Don't allocate storage for partitioned tables.
Also, don't allow setting reloptions on them, since that would have no
effect given the lack of storage.  The patch does this by introducing
a new reloption kind for which there are currently no reloptions -- we
might have some in the future -- so it adjusts parseRelOptions to
handle that case correctly.

Bumped catversion.  System catalogs that contained reloptions for
partitioned tables are no longer valid; plus, there are now fewer
physical files on disk, which is not technically a catalog change but
still a good reason to re-initdb.

Amit Langote, reviewed by Maksim Milyutin and Kyotaro Horiguchi and
revised a bit by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20170331.173326.212311140.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-03-31 16:28:51 -04:00
Simon Riggs
25fff40798 Default monitoring roles
Three nologin roles with non-overlapping privs are created by default
* pg_read_all_settings - read all GUCs.
* pg_read_all_stats - pg_stat_*, pg_database_size(), pg_tablespace_size()
* pg_stat_scan_tables - may lock/scan tables

Top level role - pg_monitor includes all of the above by default, plus others

Author: Dave Page
Reviewed-by: Stephen Frost, Robert Haas, Peter Eisentraut, Simon Riggs
2017-03-30 14:18:53 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
e0eb5e0aea Improve Node vs Expr use a bit
Author: Mark Dilger <hornschnorter@gmail.com>
2017-03-28 21:59:23 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev
ab89e465cb Altering default privileges on schemas
Extend ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES command to schemas.

Author: Matheus Oliveira
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelínek, Ashutosh Sharma

https://commitfest.postgresql.org/13/887/
2017-03-28 18:58:55 +03:00
Teodor Sigaev
827d6f9779 Improve performance of find_all_inheritors()
Previous coding uses three nested loops which obviously were a pain for
large number of table's children. Patch replaces inner loop with
a hashmap.

Author: Aleksander Alekseev
Reviewed-by: me

https://commitfest.postgresql.org/13/1058/
2017-03-27 19:07:48 +03:00
Robert Haas
7ecb714358 Fix improper NULL handling in list partitioning code.
The previous logic was wrong when the value was NULL but there was
no partition for NULL.

Amit Langote, reviewed by Jeevan Ladhe

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/d64f8498-70eb-3c88-b56d-c54fd3b0500f@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-03-27 10:51:46 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
facde2a98f Clean up Perl code according to perlcritic
Fix all perlcritic warnings of severity level 5, except in
src/backend/utils/Gen_dummy_probes.pl, which is automatically generated.

Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
2017-03-27 08:18:22 -04:00
Robert Haas
fc70a4b0df Show more processes in pg_stat_activity.
Previously, auxiliary processes and background workers not connected
to a database (such as the logical replication launcher) weren't
shown.  Include them, so that we can see the associated wait state
information.  Add a new column to identify the processes type, so that
people can filter them out easily using SQL if they wish.

Before this patch was written, there was discussion about whether we
should expose this information in a separate view, so as to avoid
contaminating pg_stat_activity with things people might not want to
see.  But putting everything in pg_stat_activity was a more popular
choice, so that's what the patch does.

Kuntal Ghosh, reviewed by Amit Langote and Michael Paquier.  Some
revisions and bug fixes by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYES5nhkEGw9nZXU8_FhA8XEm8NTm3-SO+3ML1B81Hkww@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-26 22:02:22 -04:00
Tom Lane
9b95f2fa1e Use ExecPrepareExpr in place of ExecPrepareCheck where appropriate.
Change one more place where ExecInitCheck/ExecPrepareCheck's insistence
on getting implicit-AND-format quals wasn't really helpful, because the
caller had to do make_ands_implicit() for no reason that it cared about.
Using ExecPrepareExpr directly simplifies the code and saves cycles.

The only remaining use of these functions is to process
resultRelInfo->ri_PartitionCheck quals.  However, implicit-AND format
does seem to be what we want for that, so leave it alone.
2017-03-26 18:14:03 -04:00
Andres Freund
b8d7f053c5 Faster expression evaluation and targetlist projection.
This replaces the old, recursive tree-walk based evaluation, with
non-recursive, opcode dispatch based, expression evaluation.
Projection is now implemented as part of expression evaluation.

This both leads to significant performance improvements, and makes
future just-in-time compilation of expressions easier.

The speed gains primarily come from:
- non-recursive implementation reduces stack usage / overhead
- simple sub-expressions are implemented with a single jump, without
  function calls
- sharing some state between different sub-expressions
- reduced amount of indirect/hard to predict memory accesses by laying
  out operation metadata sequentially; including the avoidance of
  nearly all of the previously used linked lists
- more code has been moved to expression initialization, avoiding
  constant re-checks at evaluation time

Future just-in-time compilation (JIT) has become easier, as
demonstrated by released patches intended to be merged in a later
release, for primarily two reasons: Firstly, due to a stricter split
between expression initialization and evaluation, less code has to be
handled by the JIT. Secondly, due to the non-recursive nature of the
generated "instructions", less performance-critical code-paths can
easily be shared between interpreted and compiled evaluation.

The new framework allows for significant future optimizations. E.g.:
- basic infrastructure for to later reduce the per executor-startup
  overhead of expression evaluation, by caching state in prepared
  statements.  That'd be helpful in OLTPish scenarios where
  initialization overhead is measurable.
- optimizing the generated "code". A number of proposals for potential
  work has already been made.
- optimizing the interpreter. Similarly a number of proposals have
  been made here too.

The move of logic into the expression initialization step leads to some
backward-incompatible changes:
- Function permission checks are now done during expression
  initialization, whereas previously they were done during
  execution. In edge cases this can lead to errors being raised that
  previously wouldn't have been, e.g. a NULL array being coerced to a
  different array type previously didn't perform checks.
- The set of domain constraints to be checked, is now evaluated once
  during expression initialization, previously it was re-built
  every time a domain check was evaluated. For normal queries this
  doesn't change much, but e.g. for plpgsql functions, which caches
  ExprStates, the old set could stick around longer.  The behavior
  around might still change.

Author: Andres Freund, with significant changes by Tom Lane,
	changes by Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20161206034955.bh33paeralxbtluv@alap3.anarazel.de
2017-03-25 14:52:06 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut
87dee41f3e Add COMMENT and SECURITY LABEL support for publications and subscriptions 2017-03-24 23:44:23 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
7b504eb282 Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients
Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE
STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex
combinations that individual table columns.  Companion commands DROP
STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are
added too.  All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types
can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and
multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room
for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions.

This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient
on user-specified sets of columns in a single table.  This is useful to
estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses;
estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed
aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve.  A new
special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used.

(num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that
this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added
immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same
functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi:
https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
though this commit does not use that code.)

Author: Tomas Vondra.  Some code rework by Álvaro.
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes,
    Ideriha Takeshi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz
    https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 14:06:10 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
eccfef81e1 ICU support
Add a column collprovider to pg_collation that determines which library
provides the collation data.  The existing choices are default and libc,
and this adds an icu choice, which uses the ICU4C library.

The pg_locale_t type is changed to a union that contains the
provider-specific locale handles.  Users of locale information are
changed to look into that struct for the appropriate handle to use.

Also add a collversion column that records the version of the collation
when it is created, and check at run time whether it is still the same.
This detects potentially incompatible library upgrades that can corrupt
indexes and other structures.  This is currently only supported by
ICU-provided collations.

initdb initializes the default collation set as before from the `locale
-a` output but also adds all available ICU locales with a "-x-icu"
appended.

Currently, ICU-provided collations can only be explicitly named
collations.  The global database locales are still always libc-provided.

ICU support is enabled by configure --with-icu.

Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson <andreas@proxel.se>
2017-03-23 15:28:48 -04:00
Simon Riggs
6912acc04f Replication lag tracking for walsenders
Adds write_lag, flush_lag and replay_lag cols to pg_stat_replication.

Implements a lag tracker module that reports the lag times based upon
measurements of the time taken for recent WAL to be written, flushed and
replayed and for the sender to hear about it. These times
represent the commit lag that was (or would have been) introduced by each
synchronous commit level, if the remote server was configured as a
synchronous standby.  For an asynchronous standby, the replay_lag column
approximates the delay before recent transactions became visible to queries.
If the standby server has entirely caught up with the sending server and
there is no more WAL activity, the most recently measured lag times will
continue to be displayed for a short time and then show NULL.

Physical replication lag tracking is automatic. Logical replication tracking
is possible but is the responsibility of the logical decoding plugin.
Tracking is a private module operating within each walsender individually,
with values reported to shared memory. Module not used outside of walsender.

Design and code is good enough now to commit - kudos to the author.
In many ways a difficult topic, with important and subtle behaviour so this
shoudl be expected to generate discussion and multiple open items: Test now!

Author: Thomas Munro, following designs by Fujii Masao and Simon Riggs
Review: Simon Riggs, Ian Barwick and Craig Ringer
2017-03-23 14:05:28 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
7c4f52409a Logical replication support for initial data copy
Add functionality for a new subscription to copy the initial data in the
tables and then sync with the ongoing apply process.

For the copying, add a new internal COPY option to have the COPY source
data provided by a callback function.  The initial data copy works on
the subscriber by receiving COPY data from the publisher and then
providing it locally into a COPY that writes to the destination table.

A WAL receiver can now execute full SQL commands.  This is used here to
obtain information about tables and publications.

Several new options were added to CREATE and ALTER SUBSCRIPTION to
control whether and when initial table syncing happens.

Change pg_dump option --no-create-subscription-slots to
--no-subscription-connect and use the new CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
... NOCONNECT option for that.

Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Tested-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
2017-03-23 08:55:37 -04:00
Stephen Frost
017e4f2588 Expose waitforarchive option through pg_stop_backup()
Internally, we have supported the option to either wait for all of the
WAL associated with a backup to be archived, or to return immediately.
This option is useful to users of pg_stop_backup() as well, when they
are reading the stop backup record position and checking that the WAL
they need has been archived independently.

This patch adds an additional, optional, argument to pg_stop_backup()
which allows the user to indicate if they wish to wait for the WAL to be
archived or not.  The default matches current behavior, which is to
wait.

Author: David Steele, with some minor changes, doc updates by me.
Reviewed by: Takayuki Tsunakawa, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/758e3fd1-45b4-5e28-75cd-e9e7f93a4c02@pgmasters.net
2017-03-22 23:44:58 -04:00
Simon Riggs
af4b1a0869 Refactor GetOldestXmin() to use flags
Replace ignoreVacuum parameter with more flexible flags.

Author: Eiji Seki
Review: Haribabu Kommi
2017-03-22 16:51:01 +00:00
Robert Haas
befd73c50f Add pg_ls_logdir() and pg_ls_waldir() functions.
These functions are intended to be used by monitoring tools, and,
unlike pg_ls_dir(), access to them can be granted to non-superusers,
so that those monitoring tools can observe the principle of least
privilege.

Dave Page, revised by me, and also reviewed a bit by Thomas Munro.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+OCxow-X=D2fWdKy+HP+vQ1LtrgbsYQ=CshzZBqyFT5jOYrFw@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-16 15:05:02 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
a3eac988c2 Fix ancient get_object_address_opf_member bug
The original coding was trying to use a TypeName as a string Value,
which doesn't work; an oversight in my commit a61fd533.  Repair.

Also, make sure we cover the broken case in the relevant test script.

Backpatch to 9.5.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170315151829.bhxsvrp75xdxhm3n@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-16 12:51:08 -03:00
Tom Lane
8b358b42f8 Change the relkind for partitioned tables from 'P' to 'p'.
Seven of the eight other relkind codes are lower-case, so it wasn't
consistent for this one to be upper-case.  Fix it while we still can.

Historical notes: the reason for the lone exception, i.e. sequences being
'S', is that 's' was once used for "special" relations.  Also, at one time
the partitioned-tables patch used both 'P' and 'p', but that got changed,
leaving only a surprising choice behind.

This also fixes a couple little bits of technical debt, such as
type_sanity.sql not knowing that 'm' is a legal value for relkind.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27899.1488909319@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-03-10 13:15:47 -05:00
Tom Lane
15bb93e28e Fix portability problem in Catalog.pm.
Commit 7666e73a2 introduced a dependency on filehandles' input_line_number
method, but apparently that's a Perl neologism.  Use $. instead, which
works at least back to Perl 5.10, and hopefully back to 5.8.

Jeff Janes

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1wuQW=xVfu-14A4VCvxO0ohkD3m9vk6HOj_dprQoKNAQw@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-09 20:45:59 -05:00
Robert Haas
7666e73a2e Throw an error if a DATA() line contains wrong # of attributes.
David Christensen, reviewed by Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20170215154018.fs5vwtqhp5d2sifs@veeddeux.attlocal.net
2017-03-09 18:17:58 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
b8957927e6 Fix segfault in ALTER PUBLICATION/SUBSCRIPTION RENAME
From: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@gmail.com>
2017-03-07 22:44:59 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
2ca64c6f71 Replace LookupFuncNameTypeNames() with LookupFuncWithArgs()
The old function took function name and function argument list as
separate arguments.  Now that all function signatures are passed around
as ObjectWithArgs structs, this is no longer necessary and can be
replaced by a function that takes ObjectWithArgs directly.  Similarly
for aggregates and operators.

Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-03-06 13:31:47 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
8b6d6cf853 Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects
In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects
by a list of name components and an optional argument list.  But this
doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of
hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have
to be unpacked at the other end.  This makes it also weird to represent
lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists
of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently.  The other
problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward
to deal with lists of functions.

Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to
object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and
managed using the normal Node mechanisms.  In many cases it will still
be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types
it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the
existing ObjectWithArgs node type.  Some of the more obscure object
types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists.

Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-03-06 13:31:47 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
550214a4ef Add operator_with_argtypes grammar rule
This makes the handling of operators similar to that of functions and
aggregates.

Rename node FuncWithArgs to ObjectWithArgs, to reflect the expanded use.

Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-03-06 13:31:47 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
6f236e1eb8 psql: Add tab completion for logical replication
Add tab completion for publications and subscriptions.  Also, to be able
to get a list of subscriptions, make pg_subscription world-readable but
revoke access to subconninfo using column privileges.

From: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-03-03 14:13:48 -05:00
Robert Haas
19dc233c32 Add pg_current_logfile() function.
The syslogger will write out the current stderr and csvlog names, if
it's running and there are any, to a new file in the data directory
called "current_logfiles".  We take care to remove this file when it
might no longer be valid (but not at shutdown).  The function
pg_current_logfile() can be used to read the entries in the file.

Gilles Darold, reviewed and modified by Karl O.  Pinc, Michael
Paquier, and me.  Further review by Álvaro Herrera and Christoph Berg.
2017-03-03 11:43:11 +05:30
Robert Haas
5a73e17317 Improve error reporting for tuple-routing failures.
Currently, the whole row is shown without column names.  Instead,
adopt a style similar to _bt_check_unique() in ExecFindPartition()
and show the failing key: (key1, ...) = (val1, ...).

Amit Langote, per a complaint from Simon Riggs.  Reviewed by me;
I also adjusted the grammar in one of the comments.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/9f9dc7ae-14f0-4a25-5485-964d9bfc19bd@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-03-03 09:09:52 +05:30
Robert Haas
fa42b2005f Update comments overlooked by 2f5c9d9c9c.
Tomas Vondra
2017-03-02 17:03:50 +05:30
Peter Eisentraut
005638e988 Fix naming inconsistency
subobjid -> objsubid

From: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
2017-03-01 12:22:33 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
20f6d74242 Collect duplicate copies of oid_cmp() 2017-03-01 11:55:28 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
e8d016d819 Remove deprecated COMMENT ON RULE syntax
This was only used for allowing upgrades from pre-7.3 instances, which
was a long time ago.
2017-02-23 08:19:52 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
e3a58c8835 Optimize query for information_schema.constraint_column_usage
The way the old query was written prevented some join optimizations
because the join conditions were hidden inside a CASE expression.  With
a large number of constraints, the query became unreasonably slow.  The
new query performs much better.

From: Alexey Bashtanov <bashtanov@imap.cc>
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat <ashutosh.bapat@enterprisedb.com>
2017-02-17 19:32:15 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
2ea5b06c7a Add CREATE SEQUENCE AS <data type> clause
This stores a data type, required to be an integer type, with the
sequence.  The sequences min and max values default to the range
supported by the type, and they cannot be set to values exceeding that
range.  The internal implementation of the sequence is not affected.

Change the serial types to create sequences of the appropriate type.
This makes sure that the min and max values of the sequence for a serial
column match the range of values supported by the table column.  So the
sequence can no longer overflow the table column.

This also makes monitoring for sequence exhaustion/wraparound easier,
which currently requires various contortions to cross-reference the
sequences with the table columns they are used with.

This commit also effectively reverts the pg_sequence column reordering
in f3b421da5f, because the new seqtypid
column allows us to fill the hole in the struct and create a more
natural overall column ordering.

Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-02-10 15:34:35 -05:00
Robert Haas
806091c96f Remove all references to "xlog" from SQL-callable functions in pg_proc.
Commit f82ec32ac3 renamed the pg_xlog
directory to pg_wal.  To make things consistent, and because "xlog" is
terrible terminology for either "transaction log" or "write-ahead log"
rename all SQL-callable functions that contain "xlog" in the name to
instead contain "wal".  (Note that this may pose an upgrade hazard for
some users.)

Similarly, rename the xlog_position argument of the functions that
create slots to be called wal_position.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA+Tgmob=YmA=H3DbW1YuOXnFVgBheRmyDkWcD9M8f=5bGWYEoQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-02-09 15:10:09 -05:00
Tom Lane
86d911ec0f Allow index AMs to cache data across aminsert calls within a SQL command.
It's always been possible for index AMs to cache data across successive
amgettuple calls within a single SQL command: the IndexScanDesc.opaque
field is meant for precisely that.  However, no comparable facility
exists for amortizing setup work across successive aminsert calls.
This patch adds such a feature and teaches GIN, GIST, and BRIN to use it
to amortize catalog lookups they'd previously been doing on every call.
(The other standard index AMs keep everything they need in the relcache,
so there's little to improve there.)

For GIN, the overall improvement in a statement that inserts many rows
can be as much as 10%, though it seems a bit less for the other two.
In addition, this makes a really significant difference in runtime
for CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS tests, since in those builds the repeated
catalog lookups are vastly more expensive.

The reason this has been hard up to now is that the aminsert function is
not passed any useful place to cache per-statement data.  What I chose to
do is to add suitable fields to struct IndexInfo and pass that to aminsert.
That's not widening the index AM API very much because IndexInfo is already
within the ken of ambuild; in fact, by passing the same info to aminsert
as to ambuild, this is really removing an inconsistency in the AM API.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27568.1486508680@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-02-09 11:52:12 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
115cb31597 Fix relcache leaks in get_object_address_publication_rel() 2017-02-07 22:09:53 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
ab82340a43 Avoid permission failure in pg_sequences.last_value
Before, reading pg_sequences.last_value would fail unless the user had
appropriate sequence permissions, which would make the pg_sequences view
cumbersome to use.  Instead, return null instead of the real value when
there are no permissions.

From: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Shinoda, Noriyoshi <noriyoshi.shinoda@hpe.com>
2017-02-06 15:27:01 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
181bdb90ba Fix typos in comments.
Backpatch to all supported versions, where applicable, to make backpatching
of future fixes go more smoothly.

Josh Soref

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CACZqfqCf+5qRztLPgmmosr-B0Ye4srWzzw_mo4c_8_B_mtjmJQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-02-06 11:33:58 +02:00
Tom Lane
aedd554f84 Fix CatalogTupleInsert/Update abstraction for case of shared indstate.
Add CatalogTupleInsertWithInfo and CatalogTupleUpdateWithInfo to let
callers use the CatalogTupleXXX abstraction layer even in cases where
we want to share the results of CatalogOpenIndexes across multiple
inserts/updates for efficiency.  This finishes the job begun in commit
2f5c9d9c9, by allowing some remaining simple_heap_insert/update
calls to be replaced.  The abstraction layer is now complete enough
that we don't have to export CatalogIndexInsert at all anymore.

Also, this fixes several places in which 2f5c9d9c9 introduced performance
regressions by using retail CatalogTupleInsert or CatalogTupleUpdate even
though the previous coding had been able to amortize CatalogOpenIndexes
work across multiple tuples.

A possible future improvement is to arrange for the indexing.c functions
to cache the CatalogIndexState somewhere, maybe in the relcache, in which
case we could get rid of CatalogTupleInsertWithInfo and
CatalogTupleUpdateWithInfo again.  But that's a task for another day.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27502.1485981379@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-02-01 17:18:36 -05:00
Tom Lane
ab02896510 Provide CatalogTupleDelete() as a wrapper around simple_heap_delete().
This extends the work done in commit 2f5c9d9c9 to provide a more nearly
complete abstraction layer hiding the details of index updating for catalog
changes.  That commit only invented abstractions for catalog inserts and
updates, leaving nearby code for catalog deletes still calling the
heap-level routines directly.  That seems rather ugly from here, and it
does little to help if we ever want to shift to a storage system in which
indexing work is needed at delete time.

Hence, create a wrapper function CatalogTupleDelete(), and replace calls
of simple_heap_delete() on catalog tuples with it.  There are now very
few direct calls of [simple_]heap_delete remaining in the tree.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/462.1485902736@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-02-01 16:13:30 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
2f5c9d9c9c Tweak catalog indexing abstraction for upcoming WARM
Split the existing CatalogUpdateIndexes into two different routines,
CatalogTupleInsert and CatalogTupleUpdate, which do both the heap
insert/update plus the index update.  This removes over 300 lines of
boilerplate code all over src/backend/catalog/ and src/backend/commands.
The resulting code is much more pleasing to the eye.

Also, by encapsulating what happens in detail during an UPDATE, this
facilitates the upcoming WARM patch, which is going to add a few more
lines to the update case making the boilerplate even more boring.

The original CatalogUpdateIndexes is removed; there was only one use
left, and since it's just three lines, we can as well expand it in place
there.  We could keep it, but WARM is going to break all the UPDATE
out-of-core callsites anyway, so there seems to be no benefit in doing
so.

Author: Pavan Deolasee
Discussion: https://www.postgr.es/m/CABOikdOcFYSZ4vA2gYfs=M2cdXzXX4qGHeEiW3fu9PCfkHLa2A@mail.gmail.com
2017-01-31 18:42:24 -03:00
Tom Lane
de16ab7238 Invent pg_hba_file_rules view to show the content of pg_hba.conf.
This view is designed along the same lines as pg_file_settings, to wit
it shows what is currently in the file, not what the postmaster has
loaded as the active settings.  That allows it to be used to pre-vet
edits before issuing SIGHUP.  As with the earlier view, go out of our
way to allow errors in the file to be reflected in the view, to assist
that use-case.

(We might at some point invent a view to show the current active settings,
but this is not that patch; and it's not trivial to do.)

Haribabu Kommi, reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs,
and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJrrPGerH4jiwpcXT1-46QXUDmNp2QDrG9+-Tek_xC8APHShYw@mail.gmail.com
2017-01-30 18:00:26 -05:00
Stephen Frost
e54f75722c Handle ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP with pg_init_privs
In commit 6c268df, pg_init_privs was added to track the initial
privileges of catalog objects and extensions.  Unfortunately, that
commit didn't include understanding of ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP, which
allows the objects associated with an extension to be changed after the
initial CREATE EXTENSION script has been run.

The result of this meant that ACLs for objects added through
ALTER EXTENSION ADD were not recorded into pg_init_privs and we would
end up including those ACLs in pg_dump when we shouldn't have.

This commit corrects that by making sure to have pg_init_privs updated
when ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP is run, recording the permissions as they
are at ALTER EXTENSION ADD time, and removing any if/when ALTER
EXTENSION DROP is called.

This issue was pointed out by Moshe Jacobson as commentary on bug #14456
(which was actually a bug about versions prior to 9.6 not handling
custom ACLs on extensions correctly, an issue now addressed with
pg_init_privs in 9.6).

Back-patch to 9.6 where pg_init_privs was introduced.
2017-01-29 23:05:07 -05:00
Tom Lane
7afd56c3c6 Use castNode() in a bunch of statement-list-related code.
When I wrote commit ab1f0c822, I really missed the castNode() macro that
Peter E. had proposed shortly before.  This back-fills the uses I would
have put it to.  It's probably not all that significant, but there are
more assertions here than there were before, and conceivably they will
help catch any bugs associated with those representation changes.

I left behind a number of usages like "(Query *) copyObject(query_var)".
Those could have been converted as well, but Peter has proposed another
notational improvement that would handle copyObject cases automatically,
so I let that be for now.
2017-01-26 22:09:34 -05:00
Andres Freund
9ba8a9ce45 Use the new castNode() macro in a number of places.
This is far from a pervasive conversion, but it's a good starting
point.

Author: Peter Eisentraut, with some minor changes by me
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c5d387d9-3440-f5e0-f9d4-71d53b9fbe52@2ndquadrant.com
2017-01-26 16:47:03 -08:00
Peter Eisentraut
e630faacd8 Fill in no_priv_msg for publications and subscriptions
Even though these messages are not used yet, we should keep the list
complete.
2017-01-26 15:38:13 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
2a2bdcab2c Add object_address tests for publications and subscriptions
Add test cases to object_address.sql to test the new logical replication
related object classes, and fix some small bugs discovered by that.
2017-01-26 13:21:22 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
3d9e73ea5f Update copyright years in some recently added files 2017-01-25 12:32:05 -05:00
Tom Lane
d8d32d9a56 Make UNKNOWN into an actual pseudo-type.
Previously, type "unknown" was labeled as a base type in pg_type, which
perhaps had some sense to it because you were allowed to create tables with
unknown-type columns.  But now that we don't allow that, it makes more
sense to label it a pseudo-type.  This has the additional effects of
forbidding use of "unknown" as a domain base type, cast source or target
type, PL function argument or result type, or plpgsql local variable type;
all of which seem like good holes to plug.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2L28uwwbL9HUM-WR=hromW1Cvamkn7O-g8fPY2m=_7muJ0oA@mail.gmail.com
2017-01-25 09:27:09 -05:00
Tom Lane
1e7c4bb004 Change unknown-type literals to type text in SELECT and RETURNING lists.
Previously, we left such literals alone if the query or subquery had
no properties forcing a type decision to be made (such as an ORDER BY or
DISTINCT clause using that output column).  This meant that "unknown" could
be an exposed output column type, which has never been a great idea because
it could result in strange failures later on.  For example, an outer query
that tried to do any operations on an unknown-type subquery output would
generally fail with some weird error like "failed to find conversion
function from unknown to text" or "could not determine which collation to
use for string comparison".  Also, if the case occurred in a CREATE VIEW's
query then the view would have an unknown-type column, causing similar
failures in queries trying to use the view.

To fix, at the tail end of parse analysis of a query, forcibly convert any
remaining "unknown" literals in its SELECT or RETURNING list to type text.
However, provide a switch to suppress that, and use it in the cases of
SELECT inside a set operation or INSERT command.  In those cases we already
had type resolution rules that make use of context information from outside
the subquery proper, and we don't want to change that behavior.

Also, change creation of an unknown-type column in a relation from a
warning to a hard error.  The error should be unreachable now in CREATE
VIEW or CREATE MATVIEW, but it's still possible to explicitly say "unknown"
in CREATE TABLE or CREATE (composite) TYPE.  We want to forbid that because
it's nothing but a foot-gun.

This change creates a pg_upgrade failure case: a matview that contains an
unknown-type column can't be pg_upgraded, because reparsing the matview's
defining query will now decide that the column is of type text, which
doesn't match the cstring-like storage that the old materialized column
would actually have.  Add a checking pass to detect that.  While at it,
we can detect tables or composite types that would fail, essentially
for free.  Those would fail safely anyway later on, but we might as
well fail earlier.

This patch is by me, but it owes something to previous investigations
by Rahila Syed.  Also thanks to Ashutosh Bapat and Michael Paquier for
review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2L28uwwbL9HUM-WR=hromW1Cvamkn7O-g8fPY2m=_7muJ0oA@mail.gmail.com
2017-01-25 09:17:24 -05:00
Robert Haas
3838074f86 Be more aggressive in avoiding tuple conversion.
According to the comments in tupconvert.c, it's necessary to perform
tuple conversion when either table has OIDs, and this was previously
checked by ensuring that the tdtypeid value matched between the tables
in question.  However, that's overly stringent: we have access to
tdhasoid and can test directly whether OIDs are present, which lets us
avoid conversion in cases where the type OIDs are different but the
tuple descriptors are entirely the same (and neither has OIDs).  This
is useful to the partitioning code, which can thereby avoid converting
tuples when inserting into a partition whose columns appear in the
same order as the parent columns, the normal case.  It's possible
for the tuple routing code to avoid some additional overhead in this
case as well, so do that, too.

It's not clear whether it would be OK to skip this when both tables
have OIDs: do callers count on this to build a new tuple (losing the
previous OID) in such instances?  Until we figure it out, leave the
behavior in that case alone.

Amit Langote, reviewed by me.
2017-01-24 21:53:38 -05:00
Robert Haas
132488bfee Set ecxt_scantuple correctly for tuple routing.
In 2ac3ef7a01, we changed things so that
it's possible for a different TupleTableSlot to be used for partitioned
tables at successively lower levels.  If we do end up changing the slot
from the original, we must update ecxt_scantuple to point to the new one
for partition key of the tuple to be computed correctly.

Reported by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi.  Patch by Amit Langote.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6%3Dm1qyqB2k6cjniuMMrYXb75O-MB4qGQMu8zg-iGGLjDw%40mail.gmail.com
2017-01-24 15:34:39 -05:00
Robert Haas
27cdb3414b Reindent table partitioning code.
We've accumulated quite a bit of stuff with which pgindent is not
quite happy in this code; clean it up to provide a less-annoying base
for future pgindent runs.
2017-01-24 10:20:02 -05:00
Robert Haas
52df3420cd Remove unused variable.
This was intended to be included in the previous commit,
but I goofed.
2017-01-24 09:08:13 -05:00
Robert Haas
289992c462 Don't invoke arbitrary code inside a possibly-aborted transaction.
The code here previously tried to call the partitioning operator, but
really the right thing to do (and the safe thing to do) is use
datumIsEqual().

Amit Langote, but I expanded the comment and fixed a compiler warning.
2017-01-24 08:57:10 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
6cffe54aef Fix pointer confusion
get_object_address_publication_rel() needed to check *relation, not
relation.  Rename the variables to match style used nearby to avoid the
confusion.
2017-01-23 11:55:06 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
8f164e1eea Add missing break 2017-01-22 06:40:04 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
f21a563d25 Move some things from builtins.h to new header files
This avoids that builtins.h has to include additional header files.
2017-01-20 20:29:53 -05:00
Robert Haas
6546ffb35d Fix comparison logic in partition_bounds_equal for non-finite bounds.
If either bound is infinite, then we shouldn't even try to perform a
comparison of the values themselves.  Rearrange the logic so that
we don't.

Per buildfarm member skink and Tom Lane.
2017-01-20 15:49:38 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
665d1fad99 Logical replication
- Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL
- Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL
- Define logical replication protocol and output plugin
- Add logical replication workers

From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-20 09:04:49 -05:00
Andres Freund
ea15e18677 Remove obsoleted code relating to targetlist SRF evaluation.
Since 69f4b9c plain expression evaluation (and thus normal projection)
can't return sets of tuples anymore. Thus remove code dealing with
that possibility.

This will require adjustments in external code using
ExecEvalExpr()/ExecProject() - that should neither be hard nor very
common.

Author: Andres Freund and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20160822214023.aaxz5l4igypowyri@alap3.anarazel.de
2017-01-19 14:40:41 -08:00
Robert Haas
cc144155f7 Avoid some code duplication in map_partition_varattnos().
Code to map attribute numbers in map_partition_varattnos() duplicates
what convert_tuples_by_name_map() does.  Avoid that.

Amit Langote, per a report from Álvaro Herrera.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/9ce97382-54c8-deb3-9ee9-a2ec271d866b%40lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-01-19 14:13:15 -05:00
Robert Haas
8a8afe2f54 Fix some problems in check_new_partition_bound().
Account for the fact that the highest bound less than or equal to the
upper bound might be either the lower or the upper bound of the
overlapping partition, depending on whether the proposed partition
completely contains the existing partition or merely overlaps it.

Also, we need not continue searching for even greater bound in
partition_bound_bsearch() once we find the first bound that is *equal*
to the probe, because we don't have duplicate datums.  That spends
cycles needlessly.

Amit Langote, per a report from Amul Sul.  Cosmetic changes by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b94XgbqVoXMyxxs63CaqWoMS1o2gpHiU0F7yGnJBnvDc_A%40mail.gmail.com
2017-01-19 14:00:55 -05:00
Robert Haas
05bd889904 Fix RETURNING to work correctly with partition tuple routing.
In ExecInsert(), do not switch back to the root partitioned table
ResultRelInfo until after we finish ExecProcessReturning(), so that
RETURNING projection is done using the partition's descriptor.  For
the projection to work correctly, we must initialize the same for each
leaf partition during ModifyTableState initialization.

Amit Langote
2017-01-19 13:20:11 -05:00
Robert Haas
262e821dec Update information_schema queries and system views for new relkind.
The original table partitioning patch overlooked this.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAG1_KcDJiZB=L6yOUO_bVufj2q2851_xdkfhw0JdcD_2VtKssw@mail.gmail.com

Keith Fiske and Amit Langote, adjusted by me.
2017-01-18 14:29:23 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
9a34123bc3 Make messages mentioning type names more uniform
This avoids additional translatable strings for each distinct type, as
well as making our quoting style around type names more consistent
(namely, that we don't quote type names).  This continues what started
as f402b99501.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20160401170642.GA57509@alvherre.pgsql
2017-01-18 16:08:20 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
aa17c06fb5 Add function to import operating system collations
Move this logic out of initdb into a user-callable function.  This
simplifies the code and makes it possible to update the standard
collations later on if additional operating system collations appear.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Euler Taveira <euler@timbira.com.br>
2017-01-18 09:35:56 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
352a24a1f9 Generate fmgr prototypes automatically
Gen_fmgrtab.pl creates a new file fmgrprotos.h, which contains
prototypes for all functions registered in pg_proc.h.  This avoids
having to manually maintain these prototypes across a random variety of
header files.  It also automatically enforces a correct function
signature, and since there are warnings about missing prototypes, it
will detect functions that are defined but not registered in
pg_proc.h (or otherwise used).

Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
2017-01-17 14:06:07 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
30b9a4495a Remove unnecessary include
Between 6eeb95f0f5 and
7b1c2a0f20, builtins.h contained
additional prototypes that have now been moved elsewhere, so we don't
need to include nodes/parsenodes.h anymore.

Fix some files that were relying on builtins.h implicitly pulling in
some unrelated stuff they needed.

Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
2017-01-17 12:35:19 -05:00
Tom Lane
ab1f0c8225 Change representation of statement lists, and add statement location info.
This patch makes several changes that improve the consistency of
representation of lists of statements.  It's always been the case
that the output of parse analysis is a list of Query nodes, whatever
the types of the individual statements in the list.  This patch brings
similar consistency to the outputs of raw parsing and planning steps:

* The output of raw parsing is now always a list of RawStmt nodes;
the statement-type-dependent nodes are one level down from that.

* The output of pg_plan_queries() is now always a list of PlannedStmt
nodes, even for utility statements.  In the case of a utility statement,
"planning" just consists of wrapping a CMD_UTILITY PlannedStmt around
the utility node.  This list representation is now used in Portal and
CachedPlan plan lists, replacing the former convention of intermixing
PlannedStmts with bare utility-statement nodes.

Now, every list of statements has a consistent head-node type depending
on how far along it is in processing.  This allows changing many places
that formerly used generic "Node *" pointers to use a more specific
pointer type, thus reducing the number of IsA() tests and casts needed,
as well as improving code clarity.

Also, the post-parse-analysis representation of DECLARE CURSOR is changed
so that it looks more like EXPLAIN, PREPARE, etc.  That is, the contained
SELECT remains a child of the DeclareCursorStmt rather than getting flipped
around to be the other way.  It's now true for both Query and PlannedStmt
that utilityStmt is non-null if and only if commandType is CMD_UTILITY.
That allows simplifying a lot of places that were testing both fields.
(I think some of those were just defensive programming, but in many places,
it was actually necessary to avoid confusing DECLARE CURSOR with SELECT.)

Because PlannedStmt carries a canSetTag field, we're also able to get rid
of some ad-hoc rules about how to reconstruct canSetTag for a bare utility
statement; specifically, the assumption that a utility is canSetTag if and
only if it's the only one in its list.  While I see no near-term need for
relaxing that restriction, it's nice to get rid of the ad-hocery.

The API of ProcessUtility() is changed so that what it's passed is the
wrapper PlannedStmt not just the bare utility statement.  This will affect
all users of ProcessUtility_hook, but the changes are pretty trivial; see
the affected contrib modules for examples of the minimum change needed.
(Most compilers should give pointer-type-mismatch warnings for uncorrected
code.)

There's also a change in the API of ExplainOneQuery_hook, to pass through
cursorOptions instead of expecting hook functions to know what to pick.
This is needed because of the DECLARE CURSOR changes, but really should
have been done in 9.6; it's unlikely that any extant hook functions
know about using CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK.

Finally, teach gram.y to save statement boundary locations in RawStmt
nodes, and pass those through to Query and PlannedStmt nodes.  This allows
more intelligent handling of cases where a source query string contains
multiple statements.  This patch doesn't actually do anything with the
information, but a follow-on patch will.  (Passing this information through
cleanly is the true motivation for these changes; while I think this is all
good cleanup, it's unlikely we'd have bothered without this end goal.)

catversion bump because addition of location fields to struct Query
affects stored rules.

This patch is by me, but it owes a good deal to Fabien Coelho who did
a lot of preliminary work on the problem, and also reviewed the patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.20.1612200926310.29821@lancre
2017-01-14 16:02:35 -05:00
Robert Haas
0563a3a8b5 Fix a bug in how we generate partition constraints.
Move the code for doing parent attnos to child attnos mapping for Vars
in partition constraint expressions to a separate function
map_partition_varattnos() and call it from the appropriate places.
Doing it in get_qual_from_partbound(), as is now, would produce wrong
result in certain multi-level partitioning cases, because it only
considers the current pair of parent-child relations.  In certain
multi-level partitioning cases, attnums for the same key attribute(s)
might differ between various levels causing the same attribute to be
numbered differently in different instances of the Var corresponding
to a given attribute.

With this commit, in generate_partition_qual(), we first generate the
the whole partition constraint (considering all levels of partitioning)
and then do the mapping, so that Vars in the final expression are
numbered according the leaf relation (to which it is supposed to apply).

Amit Langote, reviewed by me.
2017-01-13 14:04:35 -05:00
Robert Haas
3633b3f656 Assorted code improvements for table partitioning.
Michael Paquier, per Coverity.
2017-01-04 15:59:00 -05:00
Robert Haas
18fc5192a6 Remove unnecessary arguments from partitioning functions.
RelationGetPartitionQual() and generate_partition_qual() are always
called with recurse = true, so we don't need an argument for that.

Extracted by me from a larger patch by Amit Langote.
2017-01-04 14:56:37 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
1d25779284 Update copyright via script for 2017 2017-01-03 13:48:53 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
2e254130d1 Make more use of RoleSpec struct
Most code was casting this through a generic Node.  By declaring
everything as RoleSpec appropriately, we can remove a bunch of casts and
ad-hoc node type checking.

Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
2016-12-29 10:49:39 -05:00
Robert Haas
2ac3ef7a01 Fix tuple routing in cases where tuple descriptors don't match.
The previous coding failed to work correctly when we have a
multi-level partitioned hierarchy where tables at successive levels
have different attribute numbers for the partition key attributes.  To
fix, have each PartitionDispatch object store a standalone
TupleTableSlot initialized with the TupleDesc of the corresponding
partitioned table, along with a TupleConversionMap to map tuples from
the its parent's rowtype to own rowtype.  After tuple routing chooses
a leaf partition, we must use the leaf partition's tuple descriptor,
not the root table's.  To that end, a dedicated TupleTableSlot for
tuple routing is now allocated in EState.

Amit Langote
2016-12-22 17:36:37 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
1753b1b027 Add pg_sequence system catalog
Move sequence metadata (start, increment, etc.) into a proper system
catalog instead of storing it in the sequence heap object.  This
separates the metadata from the sequence data.  Sequence metadata is now
operated on transactionally by DDL commands, whereas previously
rollbacks of sequence-related DDL commands would be ignored.

Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson <andreas@proxel.se>
2016-12-20 08:28:18 -05:00
Robert Haas
7cd0fd655d Invalid parent's relcache after CREATE TABLE .. PARTITION OF.
Otherwise, subsequent commands in the same transaction see the wrong
partition descriptor.

Amit Langote.  Reported by Tomas Vondra and David Fetter.  Reviewed
by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/22dd313b-d7fd-22b5-0787-654845c8f849%402ndquadrant.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20161215090916.GB20659%40fetter.org
2016-12-19 22:53:30 -05:00
Robert Haas
a25665088d Fix bugs in RelationGetPartitionDispatchInfo.
The previous coding was not quite right for cases involving multiple
levels of partitioning.

Amit Langote
2016-12-13 11:29:08 -05:00
Robert Haas
4b9a98e154 Clean up code, comments, and formatting for table partitioning.
Amit Langote, plus pgindent-ing by me.  Inspired in part by review
comments from Tomas Vondra.
2016-12-13 10:59:14 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
a924c327e2 Add support for temporary replication slots
This allows creating temporary replication slots that are removed
automatically at the end of the session or on error.

From: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
2016-12-12 08:38:17 -05:00
Robert Haas
ab4575dcf1 Silence compiler warning.
Per report from Stephen Frost.
2016-12-08 14:55:47 -05:00
Robert Haas
fa0f466d53 Log the creation of an init fork unconditionally.
Previously, it was thought that this only needed to be done for the
benefit of possible standbys, so wal_level = minimal skipped it.
But that's not safe, because during crash recovery we might replay
XLOG_DBASE_CREATE or XLOG_TBLSPC_CREATE record which recursively
removes the directory that contains the new init fork.  So log it
always.

The user-visible effect of this bug is that if you create a database
or tablespace, then create an unlogged table, then crash without
checkpointing, then restart, accessing the table will fail, because
the it won't have been properly reset.  This commit fixes that.

Michael Paquier, per a report from Konstantin Knizhnik.  Wording of
the comments per a suggestion from me.
2016-12-08 14:12:08 -05:00
Robert Haas
f0e44751d7 Implement table partitioning.
Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the
existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences.
The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may
not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no
sense for a relation with no data of its own.  The children are called
partitions and contain all of the actual data.  Each partition has an
implicit partitioning constraint.  Multiple inheritance is not
allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed.  Partitions
can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent
does.  Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the
correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed.
Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign
tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries.

Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned.  List
partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can
involve multiple columns.  A partitioning "column" can be an
expression.

Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it
is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of
partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation
for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner
optimizations.  The tuple routing based which this patch does based on
the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it
seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible.

Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat,
Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova,
Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others.  Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 13:17:55 -05:00
Stephen Frost
093129c9d9 Add support for restrictive RLS policies
We have had support for restrictive RLS policies since 9.5, but they
were only available through extensions which use the appropriate hooks.
This adds support into the grammer, catalog, psql and pg_dump for
restrictive RLS policies, thus reducing the cases where an extension is
necessary.

In passing, also move away from using "AND"d and "OR"d in comments.
As pointed out by Alvaro, it's not really appropriate to attempt
to make verbs out of "AND" and "OR", so reword those comments which
attempted to.

Reviewed By: Jeevan Chalke, Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20160901063404.GY4028@tamriel.snowman.net
2016-12-05 15:50:55 -05:00
Tom Lane
b3427dade1 Delete deleteWhatDependsOn() in favor of more performDeletion() flag bits.
deleteWhatDependsOn() had grown an uncomfortably large number of
assumptions about what it's used for.  There are actually only two minor
differences between what it does and what a regular performDeletion() call
can do, so let's invent additional bits in performDeletion's existing flags
argument that specify those behaviors, and get rid of deleteWhatDependsOn()
as such.  (We'd probably have done it this way from the start, except that
performDeletion didn't originally have a flags argument, IIRC.)

Also, add a SKIP_EXTENSIONS flag bit that prevents ever recursing to an
extension, and use that when dropping temporary objects at session end.
This provides a more general solution to the problem addressed in a hacky
way in commit 08dd23cec: if an extension script creates temp objects and
forgets to remove them again, the whole extension went away when its
contained temp objects were deleted.  The previous solution only covered
temp relations, but this solves it for all object types.

These changes require minor additions in dependency.c to pass the flags
to subroutines that previously didn't get them, but it's still a net
savings of code, and it seems cleaner than before.

Having done this, revert the special-case code added in 08dd23cec that
prevented addition of pg_depend records for temp table extension
membership, because that caused its own oddities: dropping an extension
that had created such a table didn't automatically remove the table,
leading to a failure if the table had another dependency on the extension
(such as use of an extension data type), or to a duplicate-name failure if
you then tried to recreate the extension.  But we keep the part that
prevents the pg_temp_nnn schema from becoming an extension member; we never
want that to happen.  Add a regression test case covering these behaviors.

Although this fixes some arguable bugs, we've heard few field complaints,
and any such problems are easily worked around by explicitly dropping temp
objects at the end of extension scripts (which seems like good practice
anyway).  So I won't risk a back-patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e51f4311-f483-4dd0-1ccc-abec3c405110@BlueTreble.com
2016-12-02 14:57:55 -05:00
Tom Lane
182db07040 Fix test about ignoring extension dependencies during extension scripts.
Commit 08dd23cec introduced an exception to the rule that extension member
objects can only be dropped as part of dropping the whole extension,
intending to allow such drops while running the extension's own creation or
update scripts.  However, the exception was only applied at the outermost
recursion level, because it was modeled on a pre-existing check to ignore
dependencies on objects listed in pendingObjects.  Bug #14434 from Philippe
Beaudoin shows that this is inadequate: in some cases we can reach an
extension member object by recursion from another one.  (The bug concerns
the serial-sequence case; I'm not sure if there are other cases, but there
might well be.)

To fix, revert 08dd23cec's changes to findDependentObjects() and instead
apply the creating_extension exception regardless of stack level.

Having seen this example, I'm a bit suspicious that the pendingObjects
logic is also wrong and such cases should likewise be allowed at any
recursion level.  However, changing that would interact in subtle ways
with the recursion logic (at least it would need to be moved to after the
recursing-from check).  Given that the code's been like that a long time,
I'll refrain from touching it without a clear example showing it's wrong.

Back-patch to all active branches.  In HEAD and 9.6, where suitable
test infrastructure exists, add a regression test case based on the
bug report.

Report: <20161125151448.6529.33039@wrigleys.postgresql.org>
Discussion: <13224.1480177514@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-11-26 13:31:35 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
67dc4ccbb2 Add pg_sequences view
Like pg_tables, pg_views, and others, this view contains information
about sequences in a way that is independent of the system catalog
layout but more comprehensive than the information schema.

To help implement the view, add a new internal function
pg_sequence_last_value() to return the last value of a sequence.  This
is kept separate from pg_sequence_parameters() to separate querying
run-time state from catalog-like information.

Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson <andreas@proxel.se>
2016-11-18 14:59:03 -05:00
Tom Lane
3cca13cbfc Fix another bug in merging of inherited CHECK constraints.
It's not good for an inherited child constraint to be marked connoinherit;
that would result in the constraint not propagating to grandchild tables,
if any are created later.  The code mostly prevented this from happening
but there was one case that was missed.

This is somewhat related to commit e55a946a8, which also tightened checks
on constraint merging.  Hence, back-patch to 9.2 like that one.  This isn't
so much because there's a concrete feature-related reason to stop there,
as to avoid having more distinct behaviors than we have to in this area.

Amit Langote

Discussion: <b28ee774-7009-313d-dd55-5bdd81242c41@lab.ntt.co.jp>
2016-10-13 17:05:14 -04:00
Tom Lane
e55a946a81 Fix two bugs in merging of inherited CHECK constraints.
Historically, we've allowed users to add a CHECK constraint to a child
table and then add an identical CHECK constraint to the parent.  This
results in "merging" the two constraints so that the pre-existing
child constraint ends up with both conislocal = true and coninhcount > 0.
However, if you tried to do it in the other order, you got a duplicate
constraint error.  This is problematic for pg_dump, which needs to issue
separated ADD CONSTRAINT commands in some cases, but has no good way to
ensure that the constraints will be added in the required order.
And it's more than a bit arbitrary, too.  The goal of complaining about
duplicated ADD CONSTRAINT commands can be served if we reject the case of
adding a constraint when the existing one already has conislocal = true;
but if it has conislocal = false, let's just make the ADD CONSTRAINT set
conislocal = true.  In this way, either order of adding the constraints
has the same end result.

Another problem was that the code allowed creation of a parent constraint
marked convalidated that is merged with a child constraint that is
!convalidated.  In this case, an inheritance scan of the parent table could
emit some rows violating the constraint condition, which would be an
unexpected result given the marking of the parent constraint as validated.
Hence, forbid merging of constraints in this case.  (Note: valid child and
not-valid parent seems fine, so continue to allow that.)

Per report from Benedikt Grundmann.  Back-patch to 9.2 where we introduced
possibly-not-valid check constraints.  The second bug obviously doesn't
apply before that, and I think the first doesn't either, because pg_dump
only gets into this situation when dealing with not-valid constraints.

Report: <CADbMkNPT-Jz5PRSQ4RbUASYAjocV_KHUWapR%2Bg8fNvhUAyRpxA%40mail.gmail.com>
Discussion: <22108.1475874586@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-10-08 19:29:27 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
b82d5a2c7c Silence compiler warnings
Reported by Peter Eisentraut.  Coding suggested by Tom Lane.
2016-09-28 19:31:58 -03:00
Tom Lane
fdc9186f7e Replace the built-in GIN array opclasses with a single polymorphic opclass.
We had thirty different GIN array opclasses sharing the same operators and
support functions.  That still didn't cover all the built-in types, nor
did it cover arrays of extension-added types.  What we want is a single
polymorphic opclass for "anyarray".  There were two missing features needed
to make this possible:

1. We have to be able to declare the index storage type as ANYELEMENT
when the opclass is declared to index ANYARRAY.  This just takes a few
more lines in index_create().  Although this currently seems of use only
for GIN, there's no reason to make index_create() restrict it to that.

2. We have to be able to identify the proper GIN compare function for
the index storage type.  This patch proceeds by making the compare function
optional in GIN opclass definitions, and specifying that the default btree
comparison function for the index storage type will be looked up when the
opclass omits it.  Again, that seems pretty generically useful.

Since the comparison function lookup is done in initGinState(), making
use of the second feature adds an additional cache lookup to GIN index
access setup.  It seems unlikely that that would be very noticeable given
the other costs involved, but maybe at some point we should consider
making GinState data persist longer than it now does --- we could keep it
in the index relcache entry, perhaps.

Rather fortuitously, we don't seem to need to do anything to get this
change to play nice with dump/reload or pg_upgrade scenarios: the new
opclass definition is automatically selected to replace existing index
definitions, and the on-disk data remains compatible.  Also, if a user has
created a custom opclass definition for a non-builtin type, this doesn't
break that, since CREATE INDEX will prefer an exact match to opcintype
over a match to ANYARRAY.  However, if there's anyone out there with
handwritten DDL that explicitly specifies _bool_ops or one of the other
replaced opclass names, they'll need to adjust that.

Tom Lane, reviewed by Enrique Meneses

Discussion: <14436.1470940379@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-09-26 14:52:44 -04:00
Tom Lane
a4c35ea1c2 Improve parser's and planner's handling of set-returning functions.
Teach the parser to reject misplaced set-returning functions during parse
analysis using p_expr_kind, in much the same way as we do for aggregates
and window functions (cf commit eaccfded9).  While this isn't complete
(it misses nesting-based restrictions), it's much better than the previous
error reporting for such cases, and it allows elimination of assorted
ad-hoc expression_returns_set() error checks.  We could add nesting checks
later if it seems important to catch all cases at parse time.

There is one case the parser will now throw error for although previous
versions allowed it, which is SRFs in the tlist of an UPDATE.  That never
behaved sensibly (since it's ill-defined which generated row should be
used to perform the update) and it's hard to see why it should not be
treated as an error.  It's a release-note-worthy change though.

Also, add a new Query field hasTargetSRFs reporting whether there are
any SRFs in the targetlist (including GROUP BY/ORDER BY expressions).
The parser can now set that basically for free during parse analysis,
and we can use it in a number of places to avoid expression_returns_set
searches.  (There will be more such checks soon.)  In some places, this
allows decontorting the logic since it's no longer expensive to check for
SRFs in the tlist --- so I made the checks parallel to the handling of
hasAggs/hasWindowFuncs wherever it seemed appropriate.

catversion bump because adding a Query field changes stored rules.

Andres Freund and Tom Lane

Discussion: <24639.1473782855@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-09-13 13:54:24 -04:00
Tom Lane
0ab9c56d0f Support renaming an existing value of an enum type.
Not much to be said about this patch: it does what it says on the tin.

In passing, rename AlterEnumStmt.skipIfExists to skipIfNewValExists
to clarify what it actually does.  In the discussion of this patch
we considered supporting other similar options, such as IF EXISTS
on the type as a whole or IF NOT EXISTS on the target name.  This
patch doesn't actually add any such feature, but it might happen later.

Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, reviewed by Emre Hasegeli

Discussion: <CAO=2mx6uvgPaPDf-rHqG8=1MZnGyVDMQeh8zS4euRyyg4D35OQ@mail.gmail.com>
2016-09-07 16:11:56 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
49eb0fd097 Add location field to DefElem
Add a location field to the DefElem struct, used to parse many utility
commands.  Update various error messages to supply error position
information.

To propogate the error position information in a more systematic way,
create a ParseState in standard_ProcessUtility() and pass that to
interested functions implementing the utility commands.  This seems
better than passing the query string and then reassembling a parse state
ad hoc, which violates the encapsulation of the ParseState type.

Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
2016-09-06 12:00:00 -04:00
Tom Lane
65a588b4c3 Try to fix portability issue in enum renumbering (again).
The hack embodied in commit 4ba61a487 no longer works after today's change
to allow DatumGetFloat4/Float4GetDatum to be inlined (commit 14cca1bf8).
Probably what's happening is that the faulty compilers are deciding that
the now-inlined assignment is a no-op and so they're not required to
round to float4 width.

We had a bunch of similar issues earlier this year in the degree-based
trig functions, and eventually settled on using volatile intermediate
variables as the least ugly method of forcing recalcitrant compilers
to do what the C standard says (cf commit 82311bcdd).  Let's see if
that method works here.

Discussion: <4640.1472664476@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-08-31 13:58:01 -04:00
Tom Lane
ea268cdc9a Add macros to make AllocSetContextCreate() calls simpler and safer.
I found that half a dozen (nearly 5%) of our AllocSetContextCreate calls
had typos in the context-sizing parameters.  While none of these led to
especially significant problems, they did create minor inefficiencies,
and it's now clear that expecting people to copy-and-paste those calls
accurately is not a great idea.  Let's reduce the risk of future errors
by introducing single macros that encapsulate the common use-cases.
Three such macros are enough to cover all but two special-purpose contexts;
those two calls can be left as-is, I think.

While this patch doesn't in itself improve matters for third-party
extensions, it doesn't break anything for them either, and they can
gradually adopt the simplified notation over time.

In passing, change TopMemoryContext to use the default allocation
parameters.  Formerly it could only be extended 8K at a time.  That was
probably reasonable when this code was written; but nowadays we create
many more contexts than we did then, so that it's not unusual to have a
couple hundred K in TopMemoryContext, even without considering various
dubious code that sticks other things there.  There seems no good reason
not to let it use growing blocks like most other contexts.

Back-patch to 9.6, mostly because that's still close enough to HEAD that
it's easy to do so, and keeping the branches in sync can be expected to
avoid some future back-patching pain.  The bugs fixed by these changes
don't seem to be significant enough to justify fixing them further back.

Discussion: <21072.1472321324@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-08-27 17:50:38 -04:00
Tom Lane
8299471c37 Use LEFT JOINs in some system views in case referenced row doesn't exist.
In particular, left join to pg_authid so that rows in pg_stat_activity
don't disappear if the session's owning user has been dropped.
Also convert a few joins to pg_database to left joins, in the same spirit,
though that case might be harder to hit.  We were doing this in other
views already, so it was a bit inconsistent that these views didn't.

Oskari Saarenmaa, with some further tweaking by me

Discussion: <56E87CD8.60007@ohmu.fi>
2016-08-19 17:13:47 -04:00
Tom Lane
cf9b0fea5f Implement regexp_match(), a simplified alternative to regexp_matches().
regexp_match() is like regexp_matches(), but it disallows the 'g' flag
and in consequence does not need to return a set.  Instead, it returns
a simple text array value, or NULL if there's no match.  Previously people
usually got that behavior with a sub-select, but this way is considerably
more efficient.

Documentation adjusted so that regexp_match() is presented first and then
regexp_matches() is introduced as a more complicated version.  This is
a bit historically revisionist but seems pedagogically better.

Still TODO: extend contrib/citext to support this function.

Emre Hasegeli, reviewed by David Johnston

Discussion: <CAE2gYzy42sna2ME_e3y1KLQ-4UBrB-eVF0SWn8QG39sQSeVhEw@mail.gmail.com>
2016-08-17 18:33:01 -04:00
Tom Lane
ca9112a424 Stamp HEAD as 10devel.
This is a good bit more complicated than the average new-version stamping
commit, because it includes various adjustments in pursuit of changing
from three-part to two-part version numbers.  It's likely some further
work will be needed around that change; but this is enough to get through
the regression tests, at least in Unix builds.

Peter Eisentraut and Tom Lane
2016-08-15 13:49:49 -04:00
Tom Lane
ed0097e4f9 Add SQL-accessible functions for inspecting index AM properties.
Per discussion, we should provide such functions to replace the lost
ability to discover AM properties by inspecting pg_am (cf commit
65c5fcd35).  The added functionality is also meant to displace any code
that was looking directly at pg_index.indoption, since we'd rather not
believe that the bit meanings in that field are part of any client API
contract.

As future-proofing, define the SQL API to not assume that properties that
are currently AM-wide or index-wide will remain so unless they logically
must be; instead, expose them only when inquiring about a specific index
or even specific index column.  Also provide the ability for an index
AM to override the behavior.

In passing, document pg_am.amtype, overlooked in commit 473b93287.

Andrew Gierth, with kibitzing by me and others

Discussion: <87mvl5on7n.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk>
2016-08-13 18:31:14 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
d8710f18f4 Correct column name in information schema
Although the standard has routines.result_cast_character_set_name, given
the naming of the surrounding columns, we concluded that this must have
been a mistake and that result_cast_char_set_name was intended, so
change the implementation.  The documentation was already using the new
name.

found by Clément Prévost <prevostclement@gmail.com>
2016-08-07 21:56:13 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
6a9e09c49e Add missing casts in information schema
From: Clément Prévost <prevostclement@gmail.com>
2016-08-03 14:41:01 -04:00
Fujii Masao
60d50769b7 Rename pg_stat_wal_receiver.conn_info to conninfo.
Per discussion on pgsql-hackers, conninfo is better as the column name
because it's more commonly used in PostgreSQL.

Catalog version bumped due to the change of pg_proc.

Author: Michael Paquier
2016-07-07 12:59:39 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
9ed551e0a4 Add conninfo to pg_stat_wal_receiver
Commit b1a9bad9e7 introduced a stats view to provide insight into the
running WAL receiver, but neglected to include the connection string in
it, as reported by Michaël Paquier.  This commit fixes that omission.
(Any security-sensitive information is not disclosed).

While at it, close the mild security hole that we were exposing the
password in the connection string in shared memory.  This isn't
user-accessible, but it still looks like a good idea to avoid having the
cleartext password in memory.

Author: Michaël Paquier, Álvaro Herrera
Review by: Vik Fearing

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAB7nPqStg4M561obo7ryZ5G+fUydG4v1Ajs1xZT1ujtu+woRag@mail.gmail.com
2016-06-29 16:57:17 -04:00
Tom Lane
f8ace5477e Fix type-safety problem with parallel aggregate serial/deserialization.
The original specification for this called for the deserialization function
to have signature "deserialize(serialtype) returns transtype", which is a
security violation if transtype is INTERNAL (which it always would be in
practice) and serialtype is not (which ditto).  The patch blithely overrode
the opr_sanity check for that, which was sloppy-enough work in itself,
but the indisputable reason this cannot be allowed to stand is that CREATE
FUNCTION will reject such a signature and thus it'd be impossible for
extensions to create parallelizable aggregates.

The minimum fix to make the signature type-safe is to add a second, dummy
argument of type INTERNAL.  But to lock it down a bit more and make misuse
of INTERNAL-accepting functions less likely, let's get rid of the ability
to specify a "serialtype" for an aggregate and just say that the only
useful serialtype is BYTEA --- which, in practice, is the only interesting
value anyway, due to the usefulness of the send/recv infrastructure for
this purpose.  That means we only have to allow "serialize(internal)
returns bytea" and "deserialize(bytea, internal) returns internal" as
the signatures for these support functions.

In passing fix bogus signature of int4_avg_combine, which I found thanks
to adding an opr_sanity check on combinefunc signatures.

catversion bump due to removing pg_aggregate.aggserialtype and adjusting
signatures of assorted built-in functions.

David Rowley and Tom Lane

Discussion: <27247.1466185504@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-06-22 16:52:41 -04:00
Tom Lane
9bc3332372 Improve error message annotation for GRANT/REVOKE on untrusted PLs.
The annotation for "ERROR: language "foo" is not trusted" used to say
"HINT: Only superusers can use untrusted languages", which was fairly
poorly thought out.  For one thing, it's not a hint about what to do,
but a statement of fact, which makes it errdetail.  But also, this
fails to clarify things much, because there's a missing step in the
chain of reasoning.  I think it's more useful to say "GRANT and REVOKE
are not allowed on untrusted languages, because only superusers can use
untrusted languages".

It's been like this for a long time, but given the lack of previous
complaints, I don't think this is worth back-patching.

Discussion: <1417.1466289901@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-06-18 19:38:59 -04:00
Robert Haas
71d05a2c7b pg_visibility: Add pg_truncate_visibility_map function.
This requires some core changes as well so that we can properly
WAL-log the truncation.  Specifically, it changes the format of the
XLOG_SMGR_TRUNCATE WAL record, so bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC.

Patch by me, reviewed but not fully endorsed by Andres Freund.
2016-06-17 17:37:30 -04:00
Tom Lane
783cb6e48b Fix multiple minor infelicities in aclchk.c error reports.
pg_type_aclmask reported the wrong type's OID when complaining that
it could not find a type's typelem.  It also failed to provide a
suitable errcode when the initially given OID doesn't exist (which
is a user-facing error, since that OID can be user-specified).
pg_foreign_data_wrapper_aclmask and pg_foreign_server_aclmask likewise
lacked errcode specifications.  Trivial cosmetic adjustments too.

The wrong-type-OID problem was reported by Petru-Florin Mihancea in
bug #14186; the other issues noted by me while reading the code.
These errors all seem to be aboriginal in the respective routines, so
back-patch as necessary.

Report: <20160613163159.5798.52928@wrigleys.postgresql.org>
2016-06-13 13:53:10 -04:00
Kevin Grittner
13761bccb1 Rename local variable for consistency.
Pointed out by Robert Haas.
2016-06-10 11:24:01 -05:00
Kevin Grittner
bf9a60ee33 Fix interaction between CREATE INDEX and "snapshot too old".
Since indexes are created without valid LSNs, an index created
while a snapshot older than old_snapshot_threshold existed could
cause queries to return incorrect results when those old snapshots
were used, if any relevant rows had been subject to early pruning
before the index was built.  Prevent usage of a newly created index
until all such snapshots are released, for relations where this can
happen.

Questions about the interaction of "snapshot too old" with index
creation were initially raised by Andres Freund.

Reviewed by Robert Haas.
2016-06-10 09:25:31 -05:00
Tom Lane
cae1c788b9 Improve the situation for parallel query versus temp relations.
Transmit the leader's temp-namespace state to workers.  This is important
because without it, the workers do not really have the same search path
as the leader.  For example, there is no good reason (and no extant code
either) to prevent a worker from executing a temp function that the
leader created previously; but as things stood it would fail to find the
temp function, and then either fail or execute the wrong function entirely.

We still prohibit a worker from creating a temp namespace on its own.
In effect, a worker can only see the session's temp namespace if the leader
had created it before starting the worker, which seems like the right
semantics.

Also, transmit the leader's BackendId to workers, and arrange for workers
to use that when determining the physical file path of a temp relation
belonging to their session.  While the original intent was to prevent such
accesses entirely, there were a number of holes in that, notably in places
like dbsize.c which assume they can safely access temp rels of other
sessions anyway.  We might as well get this right, as a small down payment
on someday allowing workers to access the leader's temp tables.  (With
this change, directly using "MyBackendId" as a relation or buffer backend
ID is deprecated; you should use BackendIdForTempRelations() instead.
I left a couple of such uses alone though, as they're not going to be
reachable in parallel workers until we do something about localbuf.c.)

Move the thou-shalt-not-access-thy-leader's-temp-tables prohibition down
into localbuf.c, which is where it actually matters, instead of having it
in relation_open().  This amounts to recognizing that access to temp
tables' catalog entries is perfectly safe in a worker, it's only the data
in local buffers that is problematic.

Having done all that, we can get rid of the test in has_parallel_hazard()
that says that use of a temp table's rowtype is unsafe in parallel workers.
That test was unduly expensive, and if we really did need such a
prohibition, that was not even close to being a bulletproof guard for it.
(For example, any user-defined function executed in a parallel worker
might have attempted such access.)
2016-06-09 20:16:11 -04:00
Robert Haas
4bc424b968 pgindent run for 9.6 2016-06-09 18:02:36 -04:00
Greg Stark
e1623c3959 Fix various common mispellings.
Mostly these are just comments but there are a few in documentation
and a handful in code and tests. Hopefully this doesn't cause too much
unnecessary pain for backpatching. I relented from some of the most
common like "thru" for that reason. The rest don't seem numerous
enough to cause problems.

Thanks to Kevin Lyda's tool https://pypi.python.org/pypi/misspellings
2016-06-03 16:08:45 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
9b7bfc3a88 sql_features: Fix typos
This makes the feature names match the SQL standard.

From: Alexander Law <exclusion@gmail.com>
2016-05-13 21:24:54 -04:00
Tom Lane
26e66184d6 Fix assorted missing infrastructure for ON CONFLICT.
subquery_planner() failed to apply expression preprocessing to the
arbiterElems and arbiterWhere fields of an OnConflictExpr.  No doubt the
theory was that this wasn't necessary because we don't actually try to
execute those expressions; but that's wrong, because it results in failure
to match to index expressions or index predicates that are changed at all
by preprocessing.  Per bug #14132 from Reynold Smith.

Also add pullup_replace_vars processing for onConflictWhere.  Perhaps
it's impossible to have a subquery reference there, but I'm not exactly
convinced; and even if true today it's a failure waiting to happen.

Also add some comments to other places where one or another field of
OnConflictExpr is intentionally ignored, with explanation as to why it's
okay to do so.

Also, catalog/dependency.c failed to record any dependency on the named
constraint in ON CONFLICT ON CONSTRAINT, allowing such a constraint to
be dropped while rules exist that depend on it, and allowing pg_dump to
dump such a rule before the constraint it refers to.  The normal execution
path managed to error out reasonably for a dangling constraint reference,
but ruleutils.c dumped core; so in addition to fixing the omission, add
a protective check in ruleutils.c, since we can't retroactively add a
dependency in existing databases.

Back-patch to 9.5 where this code was introduced.

Report: <20160510190350.2608.48667@wrigleys.postgresql.org>
2016-05-11 16:20:23 -04:00
Tom Lane
1a2c17f8e2 Fix pg_upgrade to not fail when new-cluster TOAST rules differ from old.
This patch essentially reverts commit 4c6780fd17, in favor of a much
simpler solution for the case where the new cluster would choose to create
a TOAST table but the old cluster doesn't have one: just don't create a
TOAST table.

The existing code failed in at least two different ways if the situation
arose: (1) ALTER TABLE RESET didn't grab an exclusive lock, so that the
lock sanity check in create_toast_table failed; (2) pg_upgrade did not
provide a pg_type OID for the new toast table, so that the crosscheck in
TypeCreate failed.  While both these problems were introduced by later
patches, they show that the hack being used to cause TOAST table creation
is overwhelmingly fragile (and untested).  I also note that before the
TypeCreate crosscheck was added, the code would have resulted in assigning
an indeterminate pg_type OID to the toast table, possibly causing a later
OID conflict in that catalog; so that it didn't really work even when
committed.

If we simply don't create a TOAST table, there will only be a problem if
the code tries to store a tuple that's wider than a page, and field
compression isn't sufficient to get it under a page.  Given that the TOAST
creation threshold is intended to be about a quarter of a page, it's very
hard to believe that cross-version differences in the do-we-need-a-toast-
table heuristic could result in an observable problem.  So let's just
follow the old version's conclusion about whether a TOAST table is needed.

(If we ever do change needs_toast_table() so much that this conclusion
doesn't apply, we can devise a solution at that time, and hopefully do
it in a less klugy way than 4c6780fd17 did.)

Back-patch to 9.3, like the previous patch.

Discussion: <8110.1462291671@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-05-06 22:05:56 -04:00
Stephen Frost
a89505fd21 Remove various special checks around default roles
Default roles really should be like regular roles, for the most part.
This removes a number of checks that were trying to make default roles
extra special by not allowing them to be used as regular roles.

We still prevent users from creating roles in the "pg_" namespace or
from altering roles which exist in that namespace via ALTER ROLE, as
we can't preserve such changes, but otherwise the roles are very much
like regular roles.

Based on discussion with Robert and Tom.
2016-05-06 14:06:50 -04:00
Robert Haas
9888b34fdb Fix more things to be parallel-safe.
Conversion functions were previously marked as parallel-unsafe, since
that is the default, but in fact they are safe.  Parallel-safe
functions defined in pg_proc.h and redefined in system_views.sql were
ending up as parallel-unsafe because the redeclarations were not
marked PARALLEL SAFE.  While editing system_views.sql, mark ts_debug()
parallel safe also.

Andreas Karlsson
2016-05-03 14:36:38 -04:00
Robert Haas
37d0c2cb1a Fix parallel safety markings for pg_start_backup.
Commit 7117685461 made pg_start_backup
parallel-restricted rather than parallel-safe, because it now relies
on backend-private state that won't be synchronized with the parallel
worker.  However, it didn't update pg_proc.h.  Separately, Andreas
Karlsson observed that system_views.sql neglected to reiterate the
parallel-safety markings whe redefining various functions, including
this one; so add a PARALLEL RESTRICTED declaration there to match
the new value in pg_proc.h.
2016-05-02 10:42:34 -04:00
Kevin Grittner
a343e223a5 Revert no-op changes to BufferGetPage()
The reverted changes were intended to force a choice of whether any
newly-added BufferGetPage() calls needed to be accompanied by a
test of the snapshot age, to support the "snapshot too old"
feature.  Such an accompanying test is needed in about 7% of the
cases, where the page is being used as part of a scan rather than
positioning for other purposes (such as DML or vacuuming).  The
additional effort required for back-patching, and the doubt whether
the intended benefit would really be there, have indicated it is
best just to rely on developers to do the right thing based on
comments and existing usage, as we do with many other conventions.

This change should have little or no effect on generated executable
code.

Motivated by the back-patching pain of Tom Lane and Robert Haas
2016-04-20 08:31:19 -05:00
Stephen Frost
99f2f3c19a In recordExtensionInitPriv(), keep the scan til we're done with it
For reasons of sheer brain fade, we (I) was calling systable_endscan()
immediately after systable_getnext() and expecting the tuple returned
by systable_getnext() to still be valid.

That's clearly wrong.  Move the systable_endscan() down below the tuple
usage.

Discovered initially by Pavel Stehule and then also by Alvaro.

Add a regression test based on Alvaro's testing.
2016-04-15 21:57:15 -04:00
Stephen Frost
293007898d Reserve the "pg_" namespace for roles
This will prevent users from creating roles which begin with "pg_" and
will check for those roles before allowing an upgrade using pg_upgrade.

This will allow for default roles to be provided at initdb time.

Reviews by José Luis Tallón and Robert Haas
2016-04-08 16:56:27 -04:00
Kevin Grittner
8b65cf4c5e Modify BufferGetPage() to prepare for "snapshot too old" feature
This patch is a no-op patch which is intended to reduce the chances
of failures of omission once the functional part of the "snapshot
too old" patch goes in.  It adds parameters for snapshot, relation,
and an enum to specify whether the snapshot age check needs to be
done for the page at this point.  This initial patch passes NULL
for the first two new parameters and BGP_NO_SNAPSHOT_TEST for the
third.  The follow-on patch will change the places where the test
needs to be made.
2016-04-08 14:30:10 -05:00
Teodor Sigaev
8b99edefca Revert CREATE INDEX ... INCLUDING ...
It's not ready yet, revert two commits
690c543550 - unstable test output
386e3d7609 - patch itself
2016-04-08 21:52:13 +03:00
Teodor Sigaev
386e3d7609 CREATE INDEX ... INCLUDING (column[, ...])
Now indexes (but only B-tree for now) can contain "extra" column(s) which
doesn't participate in index structure, they are just stored in leaf
tuples. It allows to use index only scan by using single index instead
of two or more indexes.

Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with minor editorializing by me
Reviewers: David Rowley, Peter Geoghegan, Jeff Janes
2016-04-08 19:45:59 +03:00
Stephen Frost
1574783b4c Use GRANT system to manage access to sensitive functions
Now that pg_dump will properly dump out any ACL changes made to
functions which exist in pg_catalog, switch to using the GRANT system
to manage access to those functions.

This means removing 'if (!superuser()) ereport()' checks from the
functions themselves and then REVOKEing EXECUTE right from 'public' for
these functions in system_views.sql.

Reviews by Alexander Korotkov, Jose Luis Tallon
2016-04-06 21:45:32 -04:00
Stephen Frost
23f34fa4ba In pg_dump, include pg_catalog and extension ACLs, if changed
Now that all of the infrastructure exists, add in the ability to
dump out the ACLs of the objects inside of pg_catalog or the ACLs
for objects which are members of extensions, but only if they have
been changed from their original values.

The original values are tracked in pg_init_privs.  When pg_dump'ing
9.6-and-above databases, we will dump out the ACLs for all objects
in pg_catalog and the ACLs for all extension members, where the ACL
has been changed from the original value which was set during either
initdb or CREATE EXTENSION.

This should not change dumps against pre-9.6 databases.

Reviews by Alexander Korotkov, Jose Luis Tallon
2016-04-06 21:45:32 -04:00
Stephen Frost
6c268df127 Add new catalog called pg_init_privs
This new catalog holds the privileges which the system was
initialized with at initdb time, along with any permissions set
by extensions at CREATE EXTENSION time.  This allows pg_dump
(and any other similar use-cases) to detect when the privileges
set on initdb-created or extension-created objects have been
changed from what they were set to at initdb/extension-creation
time and handle those changes appropriately.

Reviews by Alexander Korotkov, Jose Luis Tallon
2016-04-06 21:45:32 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev
0b62fd036e Add jsonb_insert
It inserts a new value into an jsonb array at arbitrary position or
a new key to jsonb object.

Author: Dmitry Dolgov
Reviewers: Petr Jelinek, Vitaly Burovoy, Andrew Dunstan
2016-04-06 19:25:00 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera
f2fcad27d5 Support ALTER THING .. DEPENDS ON EXTENSION
This introduces a new dependency type which marks an object as depending
on an extension, such that if the extension is dropped, the object
automatically goes away; and also, if the database is dumped, the object
is included in the dump output.  Currently the grammar supports this for
indexes, triggers, materialized views and functions only, although the
utility code is generic so adding support for more object types is a
matter of touching the parser rules only.

Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160115062649.GA5068@toroid.org
2016-04-05 18:38:54 -03:00
Robert Haas
41ea0c2376 Fix parallel-safety code for parallel aggregation.
has_parallel_hazard() was ignoring the proparallel markings for
aggregates, which is no good.  Fix that.  There was no way to mark
an aggregate as actually being parallel-safe, either, so add a
PARALLEL option to CREATE AGGREGATE.

Patch by me, reviewed by David Rowley.
2016-04-05 16:06:15 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
7117685461 Implement backup API functions for non-exclusive backups
Previously non-exclusive backups had to be done using the replication protocol
and pg_basebackup. With this commit it's now possible to make them using
pg_start_backup/pg_stop_backup as well, as long as the backup program can
maintain a persistent connection to the database.

Doing this, backup_label and tablespace_map are returned as results from
pg_stop_backup() instead of being written to the data directory. This makes
the server safe from a crash during an ongoing backup, which can be a problem
with exclusive backups.

The old syntax of the functions remain and work exactly as before, but since the
new syntax is safer this should eventually be deprecated and removed.

Only reference documentation is included. The main section on backup still needs
to be rewritten to cover this, but since that is already scheduled for a separate
large rewrite, it's not included in this patch.

Reviewed by David Steele and Amit Kapila
2016-04-05 20:03:49 +02:00
Robert Haas
5fe5a2cee9 Allow aggregate transition states to be serialized and deserialized.
This is necessary infrastructure for supporting parallel aggregation
for aggregates whose transition type is "internal".  Such values
can't be passed between cooperating processes, because they are
just pointers.

David Rowley, reviewed by Tomas Vondra and by me.
2016-03-29 15:04:05 -04:00
Tom Lane
c94959d411 Fix DROP OPERATOR to reset oprcom/oprnegate links to the dropped operator.
This avoids leaving dangling links in pg_operator; which while fairly
harmless are also unsightly.

While we're at it, simplify OperatorUpd, which went through
heap_modify_tuple for no very good reason considering it had already made
a tuple copy it could just scribble on.

Roma Sokolov, reviewed by Tomas Vondra, additional hacking by Robert Haas
and myself.
2016-03-25 12:33:16 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
473b932870 Support CREATE ACCESS METHOD
This enables external code to create access methods.  This is useful so
that extensions can add their own access methods which can be formally
tracked for dependencies, so that DROP operates correctly.  Also, having
explicit support makes pg_dump work correctly.

Currently only index AMs are supported, but we expect different types to
be added in the future.

Authors: Alexander Korotkov, Petr Jelínek
Reviewed-By: Teodor Sigaev, Petr Jelínek, Jim Nasby
Commitfest-URL: https://commitfest.postgresql.org/9/353/
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAPpHfdsXwZmojm6Dx+TJnpYk27kT4o7Ri6X_4OSWcByu1Rm+VA@mail.gmail.com
2016-03-23 23:01:35 -03:00
Teodor Sigaev
3187d6de0e Introduce parse_ident()
SQL-layer function to split qualified identifier into array parts.

Author: Pavel Stehule with minor editorization by me and Jim Nasby
2016-03-18 18:16:14 +03:00
Robert Haas
c16dc1aca5 Add simple VACUUM progress reporting.
There's a lot more that could be done here yet - in particular, this
reports only very coarse-grained information about the index vacuuming
phase - but even as it stands, the new pg_stat_progress_vacuum can
tell you quite a bit about what a long-running vacuum is actually
doing.

Amit Langote and Robert Haas, based on earlier work by Vinayak Pokale
and Rahila Syed.
2016-03-15 13:32:56 -04:00
Tom Lane
364a9f47ab Refactor pull_var_clause's API to make it less tedious to extend.
In commit 1d97c19a0f and later c1d9579dd8, we extended
pull_var_clause's API by adding enum-type arguments.  That's sort of a pain
to maintain, though, because it means every time we add a new behavior we
must touch every last one of the call sites, even if there's a reasonable
default behavior that most of them could use.  Let's switch over to using a
bitmask of flags, instead; that seems more maintainable and might save a
nanosecond or two as well.  This commit changes no behavior in itself,
though I'm going to follow it up with one that does add a new behavior.

In passing, remove flatten_tlist(), which has not been used since 9.1
and would otherwise need the same API changes.

Removing these enums means that optimizer/tlist.h no longer needs to
depend on optimizer/var.h.  Changing that caused a number of C files to
need addition of #include "optimizer/var.h" (probably we can thank old
runs of pgrminclude for that); but on balance it seems like a good change
anyway.
2016-03-10 15:53:07 -05:00
Robert Haas
53be0b1add Provide much better wait information in pg_stat_activity.
When a process is waiting for a heavyweight lock, we will now indicate
the type of heavyweight lock for which it is waiting.  Also, you can
now see when a process is waiting for a lightweight lock - in which
case we will indicate the individual lock name or the tranche, as
appropriate - or for a buffer pin.

Amit Kapila, Ildus Kurbangaliev, reviewed by me.  Lots of helpful
discussion and suggestions by many others, including Alexander
Korotkov, Vladimir Borodin, and many others.
2016-03-10 12:44:09 -05:00
Robert Haas
a892234f83 Change the format of the VM fork to add a second bit per page.
The new bit indicates whether every tuple on the page is already frozen.
It is cleared only when the all-visible bit is cleared, and it can be
set only when we vacuum a page and find that every tuple on that page is
both visible to every transaction and in no need of any future
vacuuming.

A future commit will use this new bit to optimize away full-table scans
that would otherwise be triggered by XID wraparound considerations.  A
page which is merely all-visible must still be scanned in that case, but
a page which is all-frozen need not be.  This commit does not attempt
that optimization, although that optimization is the goal here.  It
seems better to get the basic infrastructure in place first.

Per discussion, it's very desirable for pg_upgrade to automatically
migrate existing VM forks from the old format to the new format.  That,
too, will be handled in a follow-on patch.

Masahiko Sawada, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao, Amit
Kapila, Simon Riggs, Andres Freund, and others, and substantially
revised by me.
2016-03-01 21:49:41 -05:00
Joe Conway
a5c43b8869 Add new system view, pg_config
Move and refactor the underlying code for the pg_config client
application to src/common in support of sharing it with a new
system information SRF called pg_config() which makes the same
information available via SQL. Additionally wrap the SRF with a
new system view, as called pg_config.

Patch by me with extensive input and review by Michael Paquier
and additional review by Alvaro Herrera.
2016-02-17 09:12:06 -08:00
Robert Haas
f1f5ec1efa Reuse abbreviated keys in ordered [set] aggregates.
When processing ordered aggregates following a sort that could make use
of the abbreviated key optimization, only call the equality operator to
compare successive pairs of tuples when their abbreviated keys were not
equal.

Peter Geoghegan, reviewd by Andreas Karlsson and by me.
2016-02-17 15:40:00 +05:30
Tom Lane
f144f73242 Refactor check_functional_grouping() to use get_primary_key_attnos().
If we ever get around to allowing functional dependency to be proven
from other things besides simple primary keys, this code will need to
be rethought, but that was true anyway.  In the meantime, we might as
well not have two very-similar routines for scanning pg_constraint.

David Rowley, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud
2016-02-11 17:52:03 -05:00
Tom Lane
d4c3a156cb Remove GROUP BY columns that are functionally dependent on other columns.
If a GROUP BY clause includes all columns of a non-deferred primary key,
as well as other columns of the same relation, those other columns are
redundant and can be dropped from the grouping; the pkey is enough to
ensure that each row of the table corresponds to a separate group.
Getting rid of the excess columns will reduce the cost of the sorting or
hashing needed to implement GROUP BY, and can indeed remove the need for
a sort step altogether.

This seems worth testing for since many query authors are not aware of
the GROUP-BY-primary-key exception to the rule about queries not being
allowed to reference non-grouped-by columns in their targetlists or
HAVING clauses.  Thus, redundant GROUP BY items are not uncommon.  Also,
we can make the test pretty cheap in most queries where it won't help
by not looking up a rel's primary key until we've found that at least
two of its columns are in GROUP BY.

David Rowley, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud
2016-02-11 17:34:59 -05:00
Tom Lane
72eee410d4 Move pg_constraint.h function declarations to new file pg_constraint_fn.h.
A pending patch requires exporting a function returning Bitmapset from
catalog/pg_constraint.c.  As things stand, that would mean including
nodes/bitmapset.h in pg_constraint.h, which might be hazardous for the
client-side includability of that header.  It's not entirely clear whether
any client-side code needs to include pg_constraint.h, but it seems prudent
to assume that there is some such code somewhere.  Therefore, split off the
function definitions into a new file pg_constraint_fn.h, similarly to what
we've done for some other catalog header files.
2016-02-11 15:51:28 -05:00
Robert Haas
a7de3dc5c3 Support multi-stage aggregation.
Aggregate nodes now have two new modes: a "partial" mode where they
output the unfinalized transition state, and a "finalize" mode where
they accept unfinalized transition states rather than individual
values as input.

These new modes are not used anywhere yet, but they will be necessary
for parallel aggregation.  The infrastructure also figures to be
useful for cases where we want to aggregate local data and remote
data via the FDW interface, and want to bring back partial aggregates
from the remote side that can then be combined with locally generated
partial aggregates to produce the final value.  It may also be useful
even when neither FDWs nor parallelism are in play, as explained in
the comments in nodeAgg.c.

David Rowley and Simon Riggs, reviewed by KaiGai Kohei, Heikki
Linnakangas, Haribabu Kommi, and me.
2016-01-20 13:46:50 -05:00
Tom Lane
65c5fcd353 Restructure index access method API to hide most of it at the C level.
This patch reduces pg_am to just two columns, a name and a handler
function.  All the data formerly obtained from pg_am is now provided
in a C struct returned by the handler function.  This is similar to
the designs we've adopted for FDWs and tablesample methods.  There
are multiple advantages.  For one, the index AM's support functions
are now simple C functions, making them faster to call and much less
error-prone, since the C compiler can now check function signatures.
For another, this will make it far more practical to define index access
methods in installable extensions.

A disadvantage is that SQL-level code can no longer see attributes
of index AMs; in particular, some of the crosschecks in the opr_sanity
regression test are no longer possible from SQL.  We've addressed that
by adding a facility for the index AM to perform such checks instead.
(Much more could be done in that line, but for now we're content if the
amvalidate functions more or less replace what opr_sanity used to do.)
We might also want to expose some sort of reporting functionality, but
this patch doesn't do that.

Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Petr Jelínek, and rather heavily
editorialized on by me.
2016-01-17 19:36:59 -05:00
Tom Lane
8d290c8ec6 Re-pgindent a few files.
In preparation for landing index AM interface changes.
2016-01-17 19:13:18 -05:00
Tom Lane
26d538dc93 Clean up some lack-of-STRICT issues in the core code, too.
A scan for missed proisstrict markings in the core code turned up
these functions:

brin_summarize_new_values
pg_stat_reset_single_table_counters
pg_stat_reset_single_function_counters
pg_create_logical_replication_slot
pg_create_physical_replication_slot
pg_drop_replication_slot

The first three of these take OID, so a null argument will normally look
like a zero to them, resulting in "ERROR: could not open relation with OID
0" for brin_summarize_new_values, and no action for the pg_stat_reset_XXX
functions.  The other three will dump core on a null argument, though this
is mitigated by the fact that they won't do so until after checking that
the caller is superuser or has rolreplication privilege.

In addition, the pg_logical_slot_get/peek[_binary]_changes family was
intentionally marked nonstrict, but failed to make nullness checks on all
the arguments; so again a null-pointer-dereference crash is possible but
only for superusers and rolreplication users.

Add the missing ARGISNULL checks to the latter functions, and mark the
former functions as strict in pg_proc.  Make that change in the back
branches too, even though we can't force initdb there, just so that
installations initdb'd in future won't have the issue.  Since none of these
bugs rise to the level of security issues (and indeed the pg_stat_reset_XXX
functions hardly misbehave at all), it seems sufficient to do this.

In addition, fix some order-of-operations oddities in the slot_get_changes
family, mostly cosmetic, but not the part that moves the function's last
few operations into the PG_TRY block.  As it stood, there was significant
risk for an error to exit without clearing historical information from
the system caches.

The slot_get_changes bugs go back to 9.4 where that code was introduced.
Back-patch appropriate subsets of the pg_proc changes into all active
branches, as well.
2016-01-09 16:58:32 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
b1a9bad9e7 pgstat: add WAL receiver status view & SRF
This new view provides insight into the state of a running WAL receiver
in a HOT standby node.
The information returned includes the PID of the WAL receiver process,
its status (stopped, starting, streaming, etc), start LSN and TLI, last
received LSN and TLI, timestamp of last message send and receipt, latest
end-of-WAL LSN and time, and the name of the slot (if any).

Access to the detailed data is only granted to superusers; others only
get the PID.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewer: Haribabu Kommi
2016-01-07 16:21:19 -03:00
Tom Lane
4bf87169cc Comment typo fix.
Per Amit Langote.
2016-01-06 11:06:51 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
ee94300446 Update copyright for 2016
Backpatch certain files through 9.1
2016-01-02 13:33:40 -05:00
Tom Lane
0dab5ef39b Fix ALTER OPERATOR to update dependencies properly.
Fix an oversight in commit 321eed5f0f: replacing an operator's
selectivity functions needs to result in a corresponding update in
pg_depend.  We have a function that can handle that, but it was not
called by AlterOperator().

To fix this without enlarging pg_operator.h's #include list beyond
what clients can safely include, split off the function definitions
into a new file pg_operator_fn.h, similarly to what we've done for
some other catalog header files.  It's not entirely clear whether
any client-side code needs to include pg_operator.h, but it seems
prudent to assume that there is some such code somewhere.
2015-12-31 17:37:31 -05:00
Tom Lane
66d947b9d3 Adjust behavior of single-user -j mode for better initdb error reporting.
Previously, -j caused the entire input file to be read in and executed as
a single command string.  That's undesirable, not least because any error
causes the entire file to be regurgitated as the "failing query".  Some
experimentation suggests a better rule: end the command string when we see
a semicolon immediately followed by two newlines, ie, an empty line after
a query.  This serves nicely to break up the existing examples such as
information_schema.sql and system_views.sql.  A limitation is that it's
no longer possible to write such a sequence within a string literal or
multiline comment in a file meant to be read with -j; but there are no
instances of such a problem within the data currently used by initdb.
(If someone does make such a mistake in future, it'll be obvious because
they'll get an unterminated-literal or unterminated-comment syntax error.)
Other than that, there shouldn't be any negative consequences; you're not
forced to end statements that way, it's just a better idea in most cases.

In passing, remove src/include/tcop/tcopdebug.h, which is dead code
because it's not included anywhere, and hasn't been for more than
ten years.  One of the debug-support symbols it purported to describe
has been unreferenced for at least the same amount of time, and the
other is removed by this commit on the grounds that it was useless:
forcing -j mode all the time would have broken initdb.  The lack of
complaints about that, or about the missing inclusion, shows that
no one has tried to use TCOP_DONTUSENEWLINE in many years.
2015-12-17 19:34:15 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
756e7b4c9d Rework internals of changing a type's ownership
This is necessary so that REASSIGN OWNED does the right thing with
composite types, to wit, that it also alters ownership of the type's
pg_class entry -- previously, the pg_class entry remained owned by the
original user, which caused later other failures such as the new owner's
inability to use ALTER TYPE to rename an attribute of the affected
composite.  Also, if the original owner is later dropped, the pg_class
entry becomes owned by a non-existant user which is bogus.

To fix, create a new routine AlterTypeOwner_oid which knows whether to
pass the request to ATExecChangeOwner or deal with it directly, and use
that in shdepReassignOwner rather than calling AlterTypeOwnerInternal
directly.  AlterTypeOwnerInternal is now simpler in that it only
modifies the pg_type entry and recurses to handle a possible array type;
higher-level tasks are handled by either AlterTypeOwner directly or
AlterTypeOwner_oid.

I took the opportunity to add a few more objects to the test rig for
REASSIGN OWNED, so that more cases are exercised.  Additional ones could
be added for superuser-only-ownable objects (such as FDWs and event
triggers) but I didn't want to push my luck by adding a new superuser to
the tests on a backpatchable bug fix.

Per bug #13666 reported by Chris Pacejo.

Backpatch to 9.5.

(I would back-patch this all the way back, except that it doesn't apply
cleanly in 9.4 and earlier because 59367fdf9 wasn't backpatched.  If we
decide that we need this in earlier branches too, we should backpatch
both.)
2015-12-17 14:25:41 -03:00
Robert Haas
b648b70342 Speed up CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY's TID sort.
Encode TIDs as 64-bit integers to speed up comparisons.  This seems to
speed things up on all platforms, but is even more beneficial when
8-byte integers are passed by value.

Peter Geoghegan.  Design suggestions and review by Tom Lane.  Review
also by Simon Riggs and by me.
2015-12-16 15:23:45 -05:00
Robert Haas
f27a6b15e6 Mark CHECK constraints declared NOT VALID valid if created with table.
FOREIGN KEY constraints have behaved this way for a long time, but for
some reason the behavior of CHECK constraints has been inconsistent up
until now.

Amit Langote and Amul Sul, with assorted tweaks by me.
2015-12-16 07:43:56 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
8c1615531f For REASSIGN OWNED for foreign user mappings
As reported in bug #13809 by Alexander Ashurkov, the code for REASSIGN
OWNED hadn't gotten word about user mappings.  Deal with them in the
same way default ACLs do, which is to ignore them altogether; they are
handled just fine by DROP OWNED.  The other foreign object cases are
already handled correctly by both commands.

Also add a REASSIGN OWNED statement to foreign_data test to exercise the
foreign data objects.  (The changes are just before the "cleanup" phase,
so it shouldn't remove any existing live test.)

Reported by Alexander Ashurkov, then independently by Jaime Casanova.
2015-12-11 18:39:09 -03:00
Stephen Frost
833728d4c8 Handle policies during DROP OWNED BY
DROP OWNED BY handled GRANT-based ACLs but was not removing roles from
policies.  Fix that by having DROP OWNED BY remove the role specified
from the list of roles the policy (or policies) apply to, or the entire
policy (or policies) if it only applied to the role specified.

As with ACLs, the DROP OWNED BY caller must have permission to modify
the policy or a WARNING is thrown and no change is made to the policy.
2015-12-11 16:12:25 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
a351705d8a Improve some messages 2015-12-10 22:05:27 -05:00
Tom Lane
074c5cfbfb Fix handling of inherited check constraints in ALTER COLUMN TYPE (again).
The previous way of reconstructing check constraints was to do a separate
"ALTER TABLE ONLY tab ADD CONSTRAINT" for each table in an inheritance
hierarchy.  However, that way has no hope of reconstructing the check
constraints' own inheritance properties correctly, as pointed out in
bug #13779 from Jan Dirk Zijlstra.  What we should do instead is to do
a regular "ALTER TABLE", allowing recursion, at the topmost table that
has a particular constraint, and then suppress the work queue entries
for inherited instances of the constraint.

Annoyingly, we'd tried to fix this behavior before, in commit 5ed6546cf,
but we failed to notice that it wasn't reconstructing the pg_constraint
field values correctly.

As long as I'm touching pg_get_constraintdef_worker anyway, tweak it to
always schema-qualify the target table name; this seems like useful backup
to the protections installed by commit 5f173040.

In HEAD/9.5, get rid of get_constraint_relation_oids, which is now unused.
(I could alternatively have modified it to also return conislocal, but that
seemed like a pretty single-purpose API, so let's not pretend it has some
other use.)  It's unused in the back branches as well, but I left it in
place just in case some third-party code has decided to use it.

In HEAD/9.5, also rename pg_get_constraintdef_string to
pg_get_constraintdef_command, as the previous name did nothing to explain
what that entry point did differently from others (and its comment was
equally useless).  Again, that change doesn't seem like material for
back-patching.

I did a bit of re-pgindenting in tablecmds.c in HEAD/9.5, as well.

Otherwise, back-patch to all supported branches.
2015-11-20 14:55:47 -05:00
Robert Haas
fea2b642fd Remove numbers from incorrectly-numbered list.
Reported by Andres Freund.
2015-11-19 16:45:13 -05:00
Robert Haas
bc4996e61b Make ALTER .. SET SCHEMA do nothing, instead of throwing an ERROR.
This was already true for CREATE EXTENSION, but historically has not
been true for other object types.  Therefore, this is a backward
incompatibility.  Per discussion on pgsql-hackers, everyone seems to
agree that the new behavior is better.

Marti Raudsepp, reviewed by Haribabu Kommi and myself
2015-11-19 10:49:25 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
5db837d3f2 Message improvements 2015-11-16 21:39:23 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
a8d585c091 Message style improvements
Message style, plurals, quoting, spelling, consistency with similar
messages
2015-10-28 20:38:36 -04:00
Stephen Frost
088c83363a ALTER TABLE .. FORCE ROW LEVEL SECURITY
To allow users to force RLS to always be applied, even for table owners,
add ALTER TABLE .. FORCE ROW LEVEL SECURITY.

row_security=off overrides FORCE ROW LEVEL SECURITY, to ensure pg_dump
output is complete (by default).

Also add SECURITY_NOFORCE_RLS context to avoid data corruption when
ALTER TABLE .. FORCE ROW SECURITY is being used. The
SECURITY_NOFORCE_RLS security context is used only during referential
integrity checks and is only considered in check_enable_rls() after we
have already checked that the current user is the owner of the relation
(which should always be the case during referential integrity checks).

Back-patch to 9.5 where RLS was added.
2015-10-04 21:05:08 -04:00
Robert Haas
7aea8e4f2d Determine whether it's safe to attempt a parallel plan for a query.
Commit 924bcf4f16 introduced a framework
for parallel computation in PostgreSQL that makes most but not all
built-in functions safe to execute in parallel mode.  In order to have
parallel query, we'll need to be able to determine whether that query
contains functions (either built-in or user-defined) that cannot be
safely executed in parallel mode.  This requires those functions to be
labeled, so this patch introduces an infrastructure for that.  Some
functions currently labeled as safe may need to be revised depending on
how pending issues related to heavyweight locking under paralllelism
are resolved.

Parallel plans can't be used except for the case where the query will
run to completion.  If portal execution were suspended, the parallel
mode restrictions would need to remain in effect during that time, but
that might make other queries fail.  Therefore, this patch introduces
a framework that enables consideration of parallel plans only when it
is known that the plan will be run to completion.  This probably needs
some refinement; for example, at bind time, we do not know whether a
query run via the extended protocol will be execution to completion or
run with a limited fetch count.  Having the client indicate its
intentions at bind time would constitute a wire protocol break.  Some
contexts in which parallel mode would be safe are not adjusted by this
patch; the default is not to try parallel plans except from call sites
that have been updated to say that such plans are OK.

This commit doesn't introduce any parallel paths or plans; it just
provides a way to determine whether they could potentially be used.
I'm committing it on the theory that the remaining parallel sequential
scan patches will also get committed to this release, hopefully in the
not-too-distant future.

Robert Haas and Amit Kapila.  Reviewed (in earlier versions) by Noah
Misch.
2015-09-16 15:38:47 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
b2ae8f1e35 Update SQL features list 2015-09-12 00:08:18 -04:00
Andres Freund
6fcd88511f Allow pg_create_physical_replication_slot() to reserve WAL.
When creating a physical slot it's often useful to immediately reserve
the current WAL position instead of only doing after the first feedback
message arrives. That e.g. allows slots to guarantee that all the WAL
for a base backup will be available afterwards.

Logical slots already have to reserve WAL during creation, so generalize
that logic into being usable for both physical and logical slots.

Catversion bump because of the new parameter.

Author: Gurjeet Singh
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: CABwTF4Wh_dBCzTU=49pFXR6coR4NW1ynb+vBqT+Po=7fuq5iCw@mail.gmail.com
2015-08-11 12:34:31 +02:00
Andres Freund
3f811c2d6f Add confirmed_flush column to pg_replication_slots.
There's no reason not to expose both restart_lsn and confirmed_flush
since they have rather distinct meanings. The former is the oldest WAL
still required and valid for both physical and logical slots, whereas
the latter is the location up to which a logical slot's consumer has
confirmed receiving data. Most of the time a slot will require older
WAL (i.e. restart_lsn) than the confirmed
position (i.e. confirmed_flush_lsn).

Author: Marko Tiikkaja, editorialized by me
Discussion: 559D110B.1020109@joh.to
2015-08-10 13:28:18 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
2834855cb9 Fix BRIN to use SnapshotAny during summarization
For correctness of summarization results, it is critical that the
snapshot used during the summarization scan is able to see all tuples
that are live to all transactions -- including tuples inserted or
deleted by in-progress transactions.  Otherwise, it would be possible
for a transaction to insert a tuple, then idle for a long time while a
concurrent transaction executes summarization of the range: this would
result in the inserted value not being considered in the summary.
Previously we were trying to use a MVCC snapshot in conjunction with
adding a "placeholder" tuple in the index: the snapshot would see all
committed tuples, and the placeholder tuple would catch insertions by
any new inserters.  The hole is that prior insertions by transactions
that are still in progress by the time the MVCC snapshot was taken were
ignored.

Kevin Grittner reported this as a bogus error message during vacuum with
default transaction isolation mode set to repeatable read (because the
error report mentioned a function name not being invoked during), but
the problem is larger than that.

To fix, tweak IndexBuildHeapRangeScan to have a new mode that behaves
the way we need using SnapshotAny visibility rules.  This change
simplifies the BRIN code a bit, mainly by removing large comments that
were mistaken.  Instead, rely on the SnapshotAny semantics to provide
what it needs.  (The business about a placeholder tuple needs to remain:
that covers the case that a transaction inserts a a tuple in a page that
summarization already scanned.)

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20150731175700.GX2441@postgresql.org

In passing, remove a couple of unused declarations from brin.h and
reword a comment to be proper English.  This part submitted by Kevin
Grittner.

Backpatch to 9.5, where BRIN was introduced.
2015-08-05 16:20:50 -03:00
Joe Conway
f781a0f1d8 Create a pg_shdepend entry for each role in TO clause of policies.
CreatePolicy() and AlterPolicy() omit to create a pg_shdepend entry for
each role in the TO clause. Fix this by creating a new shared dependency
type called SHARED_DEPENDENCY_POLICY and assigning it to each role.

Reported by Noah Misch. Patch by me, reviewed by Alvaro Herrera.
Back-patch to 9.5 where RLS was introduced.
2015-07-28 16:01:53 -07:00
Joe Conway
7b4bfc87d5 Plug RLS related information leak in pg_stats view.
The pg_stats view is supposed to be restricted to only show rows
about tables the user can read. However, it sometimes can leak
information which could not otherwise be seen when row level security
is enabled. Fix that by not showing pg_stats rows to users that would
be subject to RLS on the table the row is related to. This is done
by creating/using the newly introduced SQL visible function,
row_security_active().

Along the way, clean up three call sites of check_enable_rls(). The second
argument of that function should only be specified as other than
InvalidOid when we are checking as a different user than the current one,
as in when querying through a view. These sites were passing GetUserId()
instead of InvalidOid, which can cause the function to return incorrect
results if the current user has the BYPASSRLS privilege and row_security
has been set to OFF.

Additionally fix a bug causing RI Trigger error messages to unintentionally
leak information when RLS is enabled, and other minor cleanup and
improvements. Also add WITH (security_barrier) to the definition of pg_stats.

Bumped CATVERSION due to new SQL functions and pg_stats view definition.

Back-patch to 9.5 where RLS was introduced. Reported by Yaroslav.
Patch by Joe Conway and Dean Rasheed with review and input by
Michael Paquier and Stephen Frost.
2015-07-28 13:21:22 -07:00
Tom Lane
dd7a8f66ed Redesign tablesample method API, and do extensive code review.
The original implementation of TABLESAMPLE modeled the tablesample method
API on index access methods, which wasn't a good choice because, without
specialized DDL commands, there's no way to build an extension that can
implement a TSM.  (Raw inserts into system catalogs are not an acceptable
thing to do, because we can't undo them during DROP EXTENSION, nor will
pg_upgrade behave sanely.)  Instead adopt an API more like procedural
language handlers or foreign data wrappers, wherein the only SQL-level
support object needed is a single handler function identified by having
a special return type.  This lets us get rid of the supporting catalog
altogether, so that no custom DDL support is needed for the feature.

Adjust the API so that it can support non-constant tablesample arguments
(the original coding assumed we could evaluate the argument expressions at
ExecInitSampleScan time, which is undesirable even if it weren't outright
unsafe), and discourage sampling methods from looking at invisible tuples.
Make sure that the BERNOULLI and SYSTEM methods are genuinely repeatable
within and across queries, as required by the SQL standard, and deal more
honestly with methods that can't support that requirement.

Make a full code-review pass over the tablesample additions, and fix
assorted bugs, omissions, infelicities, and cosmetic issues (such as
failure to put the added code stanzas in a consistent ordering).
Improve EXPLAIN's output of tablesample plans, too.

Back-patch to 9.5 so that we don't have to support the original API
in production.
2015-07-25 14:39:00 -04:00
Tom Lane
434873806a Fix some oversights in BRIN patch.
Remove HeapScanDescData.rs_initblock, which wasn't being used for anything
in the final version of the patch.

Fix IndexBuildHeapScan so that it supports syncscan again; the patch
broke synchronous scanning for index builds by forcing rs_startblk
to zero even when the caller did not care about that and had asked
for syncscan.

Add some commentary and usage defenses to heap_setscanlimits().

Fix heapam so that asking for rs_numblocks == 0 does what you would
reasonably expect.  As coded it amounted to requesting a whole-table
scan, because those "--x <= 0" tests on an unsigned variable would
behave surprisingly.
2015-07-21 13:38:24 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
149b1dd840 Fix omission of OCLASS_TRANSFORM in object_classes[]
This was forgotten in cac7658205 (and its fixup ad89a5d115).  Since it
seems way too easy to miss this, this commit also introduces a mechanism
to enforce that the array is consistent with the enum.

Problem reported independently by Robert Haas and Jaimin Pan.
Patches proposed by Jaimin Pan, Jim Nasby, Michael Paquier and myself,
though I didn't use any of these and instead went with a cleaner
approach suggested by Tom Lane.

Backpatch to 9.5.

Discussion:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA+Tgmoa6SgDaxW_n_7SEhwBAc=mniYga+obUj5fmw4rU9_mLvA@mail.gmail.com
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/29788.1437411581@sss.pgh.pa.us
2015-07-21 13:20:53 +02:00
Tom Lane
ac50f84866 Fix misuse of TextDatumGetCString().
"TextDatumGetCString(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(x))" is formally wrong: a text*
is not a Datum.  Although this coding will accidentally fail to fail on
all known platforms, it risks leaking memory if a detoast step is needed,
unlike "TextDatumGetCString(PG_GETARG_DATUM(x))" which is what's used
elsewhere.  Make pg_get_object_address() fall in line with other uses.

Noted while reviewing two-arg current_setting() patch.
2015-07-02 17:02:08 -04:00